Você está na página 1de 196

SingleRAN

SRAN9.0

ALD Management Feature


Parameter Description
Issue

01

Date

2014-04-21

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2014. All rights reserved.


No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior
written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions


and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective
holders.

Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and
the customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be
within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements,
information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or
representations of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.


Address:

Huawei Industrial Base


Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China

Website:

http://www.huawei.com

Email:

support@huawei.com

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Contents

Contents
1 About This Document .................................................................................................................. 1
1.1 Scope ............................................................................................................................................................................ 1
1.2 Intended Audience ........................................................................................................................................................ 2
1.3 Change History ............................................................................................................................................................. 2
1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types ...................................................................................................................... 3

2 Overview......................................................................................................................................... 4
2.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................................................. 4
2.2 RET Antenna .............................................................................................................................................................. 12
2.3 TMA ........................................................................................................................................................................... 12
2.4 SASU .......................................................................................................................................................................... 13
2.5 AAS Module ............................................................................................................................................................... 13
2.5.1 Overview ................................................................................................................................................................. 13
2.5.2 AAS Modules with Passive Antennas ...................................................................................................................... 13

3 ALD Device Data Configuration ............................................................................................. 15


4 ALD Management Functions .................................................................................................... 16
4.1 RET Antenna Functions .............................................................................................................................................. 16
4.1.1 Connections Between RET Antennas and RRUs/RFUs .......................................................................................... 16
4.1.2 Operations on RET Antennas ................................................................................................................................... 25
4.2 TMA Functions ........................................................................................................................................................... 27
4.2.1 Connections Between the TMA, RRU/RFU, and RET Antenna.............................................................................. 27
4.2.2 Operations on the TMA ........................................................................................................................................... 33
4.3 SASU Functions ......................................................................................................................................................... 34
4.3.1 Connections Between the SASU, RRU/RFU, and RET Antenna ............................................................................ 34
4.3.2 Operations on the SASU .......................................................................................................................................... 36
4.4 AAS Functions ............................................................................................................................................................ 37
4.4.1 Connections Between the AAS Module with Passive Antennas, RRU/RFU, and BBU .......................................... 37
4.4.2 Operations on AAS Modules ................................................................................................................................... 40

5 Related Features .......................................................................................................................... 42


6 Impact on the Network .............................................................................................................. 43
7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on Multimode Base Station) ...... 44

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

ii

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Contents

7.1 When to Use ALD Management ................................................................................................................................. 44


7.2 Required Information .................................................................................................................................................. 44
7.3 Planning ...................................................................................................................................................................... 44
7.4 Deployment ................................................................................................................................................................ 44
7.4.1 Requirements ........................................................................................................................................................... 44
7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs) ................................................................................................................... 45
7.4.3 Overall Process (AAS Modules) .............................................................................................................................. 48
7.4.4 Data Preparation ...................................................................................................................................................... 48
7.4.5 Initial Configuration ................................................................................................................................................ 49
7.4.6 Commissioning ........................................................................................................................................................ 50
7.4.7 Activation Observation ............................................................................................................................................ 50
7.4.8 Deactivation ............................................................................................................................................................. 51
7.4.9 Reconfiguration ....................................................................................................................................................... 51
7.5 Performance Monitoring ............................................................................................................................................. 52
7.6 Parameter Optimization .............................................................................................................................................. 52
7.7 Troubleshooting .......................................................................................................................................................... 52

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)


............................................................................................................................................................ 53
8.1 When to Use ALD Management ................................................................................................................................. 53
8.2 Required Information .................................................................................................................................................. 53
8.3 Planning ...................................................................................................................................................................... 53
8.4 Deployment ................................................................................................................................................................ 53
8.4.1 Requirements ........................................................................................................................................................... 53
8.4.2 Data Preparation ...................................................................................................................................................... 54
8.4.3 Precautions............................................................................................................................................................... 74
8.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI.............................................................................................................................. 76
8.4.5 Initial Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands ................................................................. 77
8.4.6 Commissioning ........................................................................................................................................................ 82
8.4.7 Activation Observation ............................................................................................................................................ 82
8.4.8 Deactivation ............................................................................................................................................................. 83
8.4.9 Reconfiguration ....................................................................................................................................................... 84
8.5 Performance Monitoring ............................................................................................................................................. 85
8.6 Parameter Optimization .............................................................................................................................................. 85
8.7 Troubleshooting .......................................................................................................................................................... 85

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on GBTS Side) .............................. 87


9.1 When to Use ALD Management ................................................................................................................................. 87
9.2 Required Information .................................................................................................................................................. 87
9.3 Planning ...................................................................................................................................................................... 87
9.4 Deployment ................................................................................................................................................................ 87
9.4.1 Requirements ........................................................................................................................................................... 87
9.4.2 Data Preparation ...................................................................................................................................................... 87

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

iii

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Contents

9.4.3 Precautions............................................................................................................................................................. 105


9.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI............................................................................................................................ 105
9.4.5 Initial Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands ............................................................... 106
9.4.6 Commissioning ...................................................................................................................................................... 109
9.4.7 Activation Observation .......................................................................................................................................... 109
9.4.8 Deactivation ........................................................................................................................................................... 109
9.4.9 Reconfiguration ..................................................................................................................................................... 110
9.5 Performance Monitoring ........................................................................................................................................... 111
9.6 Parameter Optimization ............................................................................................................................................ 111
9.7 Troubleshooting ........................................................................................................................................................ 111

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment) ................................................ 112


10.1 When to Use ALD Automatic Deployment ............................................................................................................ 112
10.2 Required Information .............................................................................................................................................. 112
10.3 Planning .................................................................................................................................................................. 112
10.4 Deployment ............................................................................................................................................................ 113
10.4.1 Process ................................................................................................................................................................. 113
10.4.2 Requirements ....................................................................................................................................................... 113
10.4.3 Data Preparation .................................................................................................................................................. 114
10.4.4 Creating an ALD Automatic Deployment Task ................................................................................................... 117
10.4.5 Initial Configuration ............................................................................................................................................ 119
10.4.6 Commissioning an ALD ...................................................................................................................................... 122
10.4.7 Activation Observation ........................................................................................................................................ 123
10.4.8 Checking that ALD Automatic Deployment Is Complete .................................................................................... 123
10.4.9 Deactivation ......................................................................................................................................................... 124
10.4.10 Reconfiguration ................................................................................................................................................. 125
10.5 Performance Monitoring ......................................................................................................................................... 127
10.6 Parameter Optimization .......................................................................................................................................... 127
10.7 Troubleshooting ...................................................................................................................................................... 127
10.8 Appendix: ALD Automatic Configuration Process ................................................................................................. 128

11 Parameters ................................................................................................................................ 144


12 Counters .................................................................................................................................... 189
13 Glossary .................................................................................................................................... 190
14 Reference Documents............................................................................................................. 191

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

iv

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

1 About This Document

About This Document

1.1 Scope
This document describes antenna line device (ALD) management and provides engineering
guidelines. ALD management involves two GSM basic features, three UMTS basic features,
and one LTE optional feature, as listed in Table 1-1.
Table 1-1 Features related to ALD management
Mode

Feature ID

Feature Name

GSM

MRFD-210601

Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted


Amplifier)

MRFD-210602

Remote Electrical Tilt

MRFD-210601

Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted


Amplifier)

MRFD-210602

Remote Electrical Tilt

WRFD-060003

Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900 MHz)

LTE FDD

LOFD-001024

Remote Electrical Tilt Control

LTE TDD

TDLOFD-001024

Remote Electrical Tilt Control

UMTS

The base stations mentioned in this document refer to 3900 series base stations and LampSite
base station.
Any managed objects (MOs), parameters, alarms, or counters described below correspond to
the software release delivered with this document. Any future updates will be described in the
product documentation delivered with the latest software release.
In this document, the following naming conventions apply for LTE terms.
Includes FDD and TDD

Includes FDD Only

Includes TDD Only

LTE

LTE FDD

LTE TDD

eNodeB

LTE FDD eNodeB

LTE TDD eNodeB

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

1 About This Document

In addition, the "G", "U", "L", and "T" in RAT acronyms refer to GSM, UMTS, LTE FDD and
LTE TDD, respectively.

1.2 Intended Audience


This document is intended for personnel who:

Need to understand the features described herein

Work with Huawei products

1.3 Change History


This section provides information about the changes in different document versions.
There are two types of changes, which are defined as follows:

Feature change
Changes in features of a specific product version.

Editorial change
Changes in wording or addition of information that was not described in the earlier
version.

SRAN9.0 01 (2014-04-21)
This issue does not include any changes.

SRAN9.0 Draft B (2014-02-28)


Compared with Issue Draft A (2014-01-20), Draft B (2014-02-28) includes the following
changes.
Change Type

Change Description

Parameter
Change

Feature change

None

None

Editorial change

Added a description of how to choose the


method of configuring ALD device data. For
details, see 3 ALD Device Data Configuration.

None

SRAN9.0 Draft A (2014-01-20)


Compared with Issue 03 (2013-12-23) of SRAN8.0, Draft A (2014-01-20) of SRAN9.0
includes the following changes.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

1 About This Document

Change Type

Change Description

Parameter
Change

Feature change

Added a description of ALD automatic


deployment. For details, see 10 Engineering
Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment).

None

Added descriptions of running the DSP


BTSRETSUBUNIT (GBTS) or
DSP RETSUBUNIT (eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB)
command to query the name of the last loaded
configuration file and the load time in section
4.1.2 Operations on RET Antennas.
Editorial change

None

None

1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types


The features described in this document are implemented in the same way on 3900 series base
stations and LampSite base station.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

2 Overview

Overview

2.1 Introduction
ALD is a generic term for antenna devices, such as the remote electrical tilt (RET) antenna,
tower-mounted amplifier (TMA), same-band antenna sharing unit (SASU), and active antenna
system (AAS) module. Currently, a maximum of six ALDs can be cascaded on a control port
of a remote radio unit (RRU)/radio frequency unit (RFU) to enable the RET function, and the
number of each type of ALD varies in different application scenarios.
Table 2-1 lists the capabilities of GSM, UMTS, LTE FDD, and LTE TDD radio access
technology (RAT) systems to configure and manage different types of ALDs. Table legend:
Yes: supported; No: not supported.
Table 2-1 Capabilities of GSM, UMTS, and LTE RAT systems to configure and manage different
types of ALDs
RAT System

RET

TMA

SASU

AAS

GSM

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

UMTS

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

LTE FDD

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

LTE TDD

Yes

No

No

No

The RET cannot be used when a 4T4R RRU serves as two 2T2R RRUs in LTE TDD mode.

Table 2-2, Table 2-3, Table 2-4 and Table 2-5 list the capabilities of RF modules to support
different types of ALDs.
Table legend: Yes: supported; No: not supported; /: N/A
If an RF port does not support RET antennas, control signals cannot be transmitted or
received on this RF port.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

2 Overview

Table 2-2 Capabilities of ports on RF modules with two RF ports to support different types of
ALDs
RF
Module

RAT
System

RET
(ANT_
A Port)

TMA
(ANT_
A Port)

RET
(ANT_
B Port)

TMA
(ANT_
B Port)

RET
(RET
Port)

TMA
(RET
Port)

DRFU

GSM

No

No

No

No

GRFU

GSM

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

RRU300
4

GSM

No

No

No

No

Yes

No

RRU300
8

GSM

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

WRFU

UMTS

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

WRFUa

UMTS

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

WRFUd

UMTS

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

WRFUe

UMTS

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

RRU380
1E

UMTS

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU380
4

UMTS

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU380
5

UMTS

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU380
6

UMTS

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU382
4

UMTS

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU382
6

UMTS

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU382
8

UMTS

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU382
9

UMTS

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU383
8

UMTS

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU383
9

UMTS

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

CRFUd

LTE
FDD

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

CRFUe

LTE
FDD

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

2 Overview

RF
Module

RAT
System

RET
(ANT_
A Port)

TMA
(ANT_
A Port)

RET
(ANT_
B Port)

TMA
(ANT_
B Port)

RET
(RET
Port)

TMA
(RET
Port)

LRFU

LTE
FDD

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

LRFUe

LTE
FDD

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

RRU320
1

LTE
FDD

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU320
3

LTE
FDD

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU322
0

LTE
FDD

No

No

No

No

Yes

No

RRU322
1

LTE
FDD

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU322
2

LTE
FDD

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU322
9

LTE
FDD

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU326
8

LTE
FDD

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU362
8

LTE
FDD

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU363
8

LTE
FDD

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU380
8

UMTS,
LTE
FDD, UL

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

MRFU

GSM,
UMTS,
LTE
FDD,
GU, GL

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

MRFUd

GSM,
UMTS,
LTE
FDD,
GU, GL

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

MRFUe

GSM,
UMTS,
LTE
FDD,
GU, GL

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

2 Overview

RF
Module

RAT
System

RET
(ANT_
A Port)

TMA
(ANT_
A Port)

RET
(ANT_
B Port)

TMA
(ANT_
B Port)

RET
(RET
Port)

TMA
(RET
Port)

RRU390
8

GSM,
UMTS,
LTE
FDD,
GU, GL

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU392
6

GSM,
UMTS,
LTE
FDD,
GU, GL

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU392
8

GSM,
UMTS,
LTE
FDD,
GU, GL

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU392
9

GSM,
UMTS,
LTE
FDD,
GU, GL

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU393
6

GSM,
UMTS,
LTE
FDD,
GU, GL,
UL

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU393
8

GSM,
UMTS,
LTE
FDD,
GU, GL

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU393
9

GSM,
LTE
FDD, GL

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU396
1

GSM,
UMTS,
LTE
FDD,
GU, GL,
UL,
GUL

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

RRU325
1

LTE
TDD

Yes

No

No

No

Yes

No

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

2 Overview

Table 2-3 Capabilities of ports on RF modules with four RF ports to support different types of
ALDs
RF
Modu
le

RAT
Syste
m

RE
T
(AN
T_A
Port
)

TM
A
(AN
T_A
Port
)

RE
T
(AN
T_B
Port
)

TM
A
(AN
T_B
Port
)

RE
T
(AN
T_C
Port
)

TM
A
(AN
T_C
Port
)

RE
T
(AN
T_
D
Port
)

TM
A
(AN
T_D
Port
)

RE
T
(RE
T
Port
)

TM
A
(RE
T
Port
)

RRU3
240

LTE
FDD

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3
260

LTE
FDD

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3
632

LTE
FDD

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3
642

LTE
FDD

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3
841

LTE
FDD

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3
262

LTE
FDD

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3
832

UMT
S,
LTE
FDD,
UL

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3
942

GSM,
UMT
S,
LTE
FDD,
GU,
GL,
UL

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

No

RRU3
232

LTE
TDD

Yes

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

No

RRU3
235

LTE
TDD

Yes

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

No

RRU3
252

LTE
TDD

Yes

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

No

RRU3
256

LTE
TDD

Yes

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

No

RRU3
702

LTE
TDD

Yes

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

No

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

2 Overview

Table 2-4 Capabilities of ports on RF modules with six RF ports to support RETs
RF
Module

RAT
System

ANT_0
Port

ANT_1
Port

ANT_2
Port

ANT_3
Port

ANT_4
Port

ANT_5
Port

pRRU

UMTS,
LTE
FDD, UL

No

No

No

No

No

No

Table 2-5 Capabilities of ports on RF modules with eight RF ports to support RETs
RF
Modu
le

RAT
Syste
m

AN
T_1
Port

AN
T_2
Port

AN
T_3
Port

AN
T_4
Port

AN
T_5
Port

AN
T_6
Port

AN
T_7
Port

AN
T_8
Port

CA
L
Port

RET
Port

RRU3
253

LTE
TDD

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

Yes

RRU3
259

LTE
TDD

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

Yes

Table 2-6 lists the capabilities of RF modules to support RET antennas.


Table 2-6 Capabilities of RF modules to support RET antennas
RF Module

RAT System

AISG
Protocol
Supported

RET Antenna
Voltage

RET Antenna
Current

DRFU

GSM

1.1

12 V

2.3 A

GRFU

GSM

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3004

GSM

1.1

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3008

GSM

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

WRFU

UMTS

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

WRFUa

UMTS

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

WRFUd

UMTS

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

WRFUe

UMTS

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3801E

UMTS

1.1

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3804

UMTS

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3805

UMTS

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3806

UMTS

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

2 Overview

RF Module

RAT System

AISG
Protocol
Supported

RET Antenna
Voltage

RET Antenna
Current

RRU3824

UMTS

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3826

UMTS

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3828

UMTS

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3829

UMTS

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3838

UMTS

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3839

UMTS

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

CRFUd

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

CRFUe

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

LRFU

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

LRFUe

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3201

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3203

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3220

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3221

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3222

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3229

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3240

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3260

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3268

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3628

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3632

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3638

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3642

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3841

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3262

LTE FDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3808

UMTS, LTE
FDD, UL

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3832

UMTS, LTE
FDD, UL

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

MRFU

GSM, UMTS,
LTE FDD, GU,

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

RF Module

RAT System

2 Overview

AISG
Protocol
Supported

RET Antenna
Voltage

RET Antenna
Current

GL
MRFUd

GSM, UMTS,
LTE FDD, GU,
GL

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

MRFUe

GSM, UMTS,
LTE FDD, GU,
GL

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3908

GSM, UMTS,
LTE FDD, GU,
GL

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3926

GSM, UMTS,
LTE FDD, GU,
GL

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3928

GSM, UMTS,
LTE FDD, GU,
GL

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3929

GSM, UMTS,
LTE FDD, GU,
GL

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3936

GSM, UMTS,
LTE FDD, GU,
GL, UL

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3938

GSM, UMTS,
LTE FDD, GU,
GL

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3939

GSM, LTE
FDD, GL

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3942

GSM, UMTS,
LTE FDD, GU,
GL, UL

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3961

GSM, UMTS,
LTE FDD, GU,
GL, UL, GUL

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3702

LTE TDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3232

LTE TDD

1.1/2.0

24 V/12 V

2.3 A

RRU3252

LTE TDD

1.1/2.0

24 V/12 V

2.3 A

RRU3256

LTE TDD

1.1/2.0

24 V/12 V

2.3 A

RRU3235

LTE TDD

1.1/2.0

12 V

2.3 A

RRU3253

LTE TDD

1.1/2.0

24 V/12 V

2.3 A

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

11

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

2 Overview

RF Module

RAT System

AISG
Protocol
Supported

RET Antenna
Voltage

RET Antenna
Current

RRU3251

LTE TDD

1.1/2.0

24 V/12 V

2.3 A

RRU3259

LTE TDD

1.1/2.0

24 V/12 V

2.3 A

2.2 RET Antenna


One RET antenna consists of one remote control unit (RCU) and one or more RET subunits.

The RCU is the control unit of an RET antenna. It receives and runs the control
commands from the base station and drives the stepper motor. The stepper motor drives
the phase shifter inside the antenna device, and the phase shifter adjusts the antenna tilt.
Interface RS485 functions as the control interface of the RCU.

RET subunits are antenna devices that can be independently controlled.

An RET antenna may comprise more than one RET subunit combined in a single physical
entity. The RET antenna is classified into the following types:

A single-antenna RET antenna (SINGLE_RET) has only one RET subunit.

A multi-antenna RET antenna (MULTI_RET) has multiple RET subunits, each of which
supports the configuration file download and downtilt setting. A multi-antenna RET
antenna can be regarded as a set of single-antenna RET antennas installed in a radome.

The RET antenna has the following benefits:

Remote adjustment eliminates onsite operations. Antenna maintenance is not subject to


site conditions such as weather and location.

High adjustment efficiency reduces network optimization and maintenance costs.

Adjustable downtilt prevents coverage distortion, which improves signal coverage and
decreases neighboring cell interference.

Compared with antennas with mechanical downtilts, RET antennas have the disadvantages of
higher cost and higher complexity.

2.3 TMA
A TMA is a low noise amplifier (LNA) installed next to the antenna. It improves the
signal-to-noise ratio (SNR), sensitivity, and uplink coverage of a base station.
TMAs are classified into two types: common TMA and smart TMA. Unlike common TMAs,
smart TMAs support the Antenna Interface Standards Group (AISG) protocol. Unless
otherwise stated in this document, "TMA" refers to a smart TMA.
TMAs have a built-in smart bias-tee (SBT) that performs the following functions:

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Converts RS485 signals received from the RCU to on-off-keying (OOK) signals, and
converts OOK signals received from the RRU or RFU to RS485 signals

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

12

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

2 Overview

Feeds DC power from the remote radio unit (RRU)/radio frequency unit (RFU) to the
RCU

The SBT provides DC power supply and control commands through the feeder for the RCU. The
SBT is applied on the RET antenna side.

When an RRU or RFU connects to a TMA, at least one RF port supporting RET antennas must
connect to this TMA so that the RRU/RFU can transmit control signals to the TMA. For details
about capabilities of RF modules to support RET antennas, see Table 2-2 and Table 2-3.

The TMA provides the following functions:

Amplifies uplink signals to compensate for attenuation from an antenna to an RRU or


RFU

Balances signal amplification between the uplink and downlink

A TMA has one or two subunits and supports amplification of one or two uplink RF signals.

2.4 SASU
An SASU is a Huawei customized device for antenna sharing between intra-band GSM and
UMTS modes at a multimode site. Antenna sharing helps operators reduce their capital
expenditure (CAPEX). Currently, the SASU supports only the 900 MHz and 2100 MHz
frequency bands.
The SASU uses two subunits to amplify uplink signals of GSM and UMTS systems.

2.5 AAS Module


2.5.1 Overview
An AAS module is a combination of RF modules and antennas.
The passive antennas and RCUs in the AAS provide the antenna and RET functions,
respectively, for the RRU/RFU that are connected to the AAS module.
For details about an AAS product, see the hardware description of the AAS product. Different
types of AAS modules have different sets of integrated dual-polarized antennas. For example,
the AAU3901 is configured with three sets of integrated dual-polarized antennas and the
AAU3910 is configured with two sets of them. For details about the mapping between
AAU3901 or AAU3910 integrated antennas and either of the following: inserted modules,
RET functions, and external ports, see AAU3901 Hardware Description and AAU3910
Hardware Description, respectively.

2.5.2 AAS Modules with Passive Antennas


An AAS module with passive antennas, and the built-in RCUs remotely control the downtilts
of these antennas provides the RET function for RRUs/RFUs in the same way as the RET
function on conventional antennas. The AAS module with passive antennas supports in
accordance with the protocol AISG 2.0.
The AAS module supports the RET function by using the Active Antenna-Management Unit
(AAMU), the RETPORT on the AAS active module, or the RRU/RFU. You can choose only

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

13

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

2 Overview

one method based on onsite connections and AAS capabilities. Table 2-7 lists the capabilities
of AAS modules to support the RET function.
Table 2-7 AAS module support for RET
AAS
Module

Applicatio
n Mode

Using the
AAMU
(Multiple
RET
Subunits
Mode)

Using the
AAMU
(RET in
Daisy
Chain
Mode)

Using the
RETPORT
on the
AAS
Active
Module

Using the
RRU/RFU

AAU3901

UMTS

Supported

Not
supported

Not
Supported

Not
supported

AAU3902

UMTS, LTE
FDD, GL

Not
supported

Supported

Not
Supported

Supported

AAU3910

GSM,
UMTS,
LTE, GU,
GL, UL

Not
supported

Not
supported

Supported

Supported

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

14

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

3 ALD Device Data Configuration

ALD Device Data Configuration

ALD device data can be configured in the following ways:

ALD manual deployment: All the ALD device data must be manually configured.

ALD automatic deployment: Most of the initial configuration data of the ALD device is
automatically configured by the system, and a small amount of data is manually
corrected and supplemented.

The following table lists whether each type of ALD device supports ALD manual deployment
or ALD automatic deployment in SRAN9.0.
Table 3-1 ALD devices that support ALD manual/automatic deployment
Configuration
Method

RET

TMA

SASU

AAS

ALD manual
deployment

Supported

Supported

Supported

Supported

ALD automatic
deployment

Supported

Supported

Not supported

Not supported

In scenarios in which the RET antenna is connected through the GATM, the RET antenna does not
support ALD automatic deployment.

When you configure ALD device data, ALD automatic deployment is recommended. Use
ALD manual deployment in scenarios in which ALD automatic deployment is not supported.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

15

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

ALD Management Functions

4.1 RET Antenna Functions


4.1.1 Connections Between RET Antennas and RRUs/RFUs
RET antennas and RRUs/RFUs can be connected in a regular or daisy chain scenario. When
splitters are used, RET antennas and RRUs/RFUs can be connected in a sector splitting
scenario.

Regular Scenario
In a regular scenario, an RRU can be connected to one RET antenna through the RET port
(RETPORT) or RF port (ANTENNAPORT). The RFU does not have an RETPORT and
therefore can be connected to one RET antenna only through the ANTENNAPORT.

Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT


An AISG multi-wire cable connects the RETPORT on the RRU to the RCU of the RET
antenna, as shown in Figure 4-1. With the integrated BT, the RRU can send RS485
control signals and feed 12 V DC power to the RCU through the RETPORT. Therefore,
no SBT is required. This connection mode is recommended when the distance between
the RRU and the RET antenna is shorter than 20 m. For the data configurations in this
connection mode, see the following scenarios:

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 1 in section 8.4 Deployment.

GBTS: scenario 1 in section 9.4 Deployment.

Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 1 or 4 in section 10.4


Deployment.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

16

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-1 Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT

Connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT


An SBT is required in this connection mode. Feeders and jumpers connect the RRU or
RFU, SBT, and RET antenna, and an AISG multi-wire cable connects the SBT to the
RCU of the RET antenna, as shown in Figure 4-2. The RRU or RFU combines OOK
signals, 12 V DC power, and RF signals, and sends the combined signals to the SBT
through feeders. The SBT splits the combined signals into two links. RF signals are sent
to the RET antenna on one link. On the other link, OOK signals are converted to RS485
control signals and 12 V DC power is forwarded to the RCU through an AISG multi-wire
cable. For the data configurations in this connection mode, see the following scenarios:

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 2 in section 8.4 Deployment.

GBTS: scenario 2 in section 9.4 Deployment.

Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 1 or 4 in section 10.4


Deployment.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

17

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-2 Connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT

Connection modes shown in Figure 4-1 and Figure 4-2 also apply to a multimode base
station. For details about data configuration, see chapter 7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD
Manual Deployment on Multimode Base Station).

Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT (with an external BT)
This connection mode applies to RRUs without a BT that are installed 20 m or farther
away from RET antennas, such as the RRU3801C (20 W) for UMTS, and RRU3220 for
LTE. Without a BT, RF ports cannot provide 12 V DC power for RET antennas. In this
case, connect the RETPORT on an RRU to an external Bias Tee (BT) and connect an
external SBT to an RET antenna for power supply to the antenna, as shown in Figure 4-3.
The BT is the passive component that couples RF signals or OOK signals with feeder
signals. The BT is applied on the base station side. For the data configurations in this
connection mode, see the following scenarios:

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

18

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 1 in section 8.4 Deployment.

GBTS: scenario 1 in section 9.4 Deployment.

Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 1 or 4 in section 10.4


Deployment.

Figure 4-3 Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT (with an external BT)

Daisy Chain Scenario


In a daisy chain scenario, two or more RCUs are connected by AISG multi-wire cables. The
upper-level RCU provides RS485 control signals and power for the lower-level RCU. In
Figure 4-4, RRUs are cascaded by connecting to the RET antennas through the RETPORT.
This connection mode applies to the scenario where antennas for multiple sectors are centrally
installed, for example, on the same pole or tower. In Figure 4-5, RRUs/RFUs are cascaded by
connecting to the RET antennas through the ANTENNAPORT. The connection through the
ANTENNAPORT requires SBTs, and cascading can reduce the number of required SBTs. In
such a case, the RET antennas can be configured on the RRU or RFU that provides RS485
signals and power for the RET antennas.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

19

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

In this scenario, the SCENARIO parameter for all RET antennas must be set to
DAISY_CHAIN, and the RET antennas are identified by serial numbers.
For the data configurations in the connection modes shown in Figure 4-4 and Figure 4-5, see
the following scenarios:

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 1 and 2 in section 8.4 Deployment.

GBTS: scenario 1 and 2 in section 9.4 Deployment.

Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 1 or 4 in section 10.4


Deployment.

Figure 4-4 Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

20

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-5 Connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT

Connection modes shown in Figure 4-4 and Figure 4-5 also apply to a multimode base station
with independent antennas. The configured RRUs/RFUs serve different modes.
The RET antenna data of a multimode base station must be configured only in a single mode.
For details about data configuration, see chapter 7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual
Deployment on Multimode Base Station). In Figure 4-4, if RRU(1) is managed by the
GBTS/eGBTS or eNodeB (the RET data is configured on the GBTS/eGBTS or eNodeB side),
the SCENARIO parameters must be set to DAISY_CHAIN for RET antennas connected to
RRU(1) and RRU(2). If RRU(1) is managed by the NodeB (the RET data is configured on the
NodeB side), the SCENARIO parameters must be set to DAISY_CHAIN and
2G_EXTENSION for the RET antennas connected to RRU(1) and RRU(2), respectively.
Some RF modules, such as the RRU3942 and RRU3841, have four RF ports. These RF
modules have two or more RF ports to support RET functions in addition to the RETPORT.
For details, see Table 2-3. Two RF ports on these RF modules can be paired and connected to
one antenna to provide various transmit or receive functions. When the RRU3942 or
RRU3841 is used, you can refer to RRU3942 Hardware Description or RRU3841 Hardware
Description.
The following description assumes that the RRU3942 uses a 2T4R configuration. "T" and "R"
indicate transmission and reception, respectively. RF ports ANT_A and ANT_C on the
RRU3942 are paired and connected to one antenna, and RF ports ANT_B and ANT_D are
paired and connected to the other antenna.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

21

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

When the RRU3942 is installed less than 20 m away from RET antennas, the RRU3942 is
connected to the RET antennas through the RETPORT. The RET antennas are cascaded
because the RRU3942 has only one RETPORT, as shown in Figure 4-6.
Figure 4-6 Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT

Figure 4-7 shows how the RRU3942 and RET antennas are connected to provide the 2T4R
function when the RRU3942 is installed more than 20 m away from the RET antennas and the
RET antennas are centrally installed.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

22

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-7 Connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT

In this connection mode, RF port ANT_A is the control port for the two RET antennas
connected to the RRU3942. For the data configuration for this connection mode, see scenario
2 in section 8.4 Deployment for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB or scenario 2 in section 9.4
Deployment for a GBTS.

Sector Splitting Scenario


The sector splitting scenario applies to UMTS only. In this scenario, the RRU or RFU is
connected to splitters and then RET antennas, as shown in Figure 4-8.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

23

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-8 Sector splitting scenario

In this scenario, the SCENARIO parameter for all RET antennas must be set to
SECTOR_SPLITTING, and the RET antennas are identified by serial numbers. For the data
configuration of this connection mode for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, see scenario 2 in
section 8.4 Deployment. This connection mode does not apply to the GBTS.

GATM Scenario
The GSM Antenna and TMA Control module (GATM) scenario applies to the GBTS only. In
this scenario, a DRFU, which cannot provide OOK signals or support BT function, can be
connected to an RET antenna through a BT and SBT, as shown in Figure 4-9. The GATM
provides OOK signals and 12 V DC power for the BT. Then the BT combines OOK signals,
12 V DC power, and RF signals sent by the DRFU and sends the combined signals to the SBT

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

24

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

through feeders. The SBT splits the combined signals received into two links. RF signals are
sent to the RET antenna on one link. On the other link, OOK signals are converted to RS485
control signals and 12 V DC power is forwarded to the RCU through an AISG multi-wire
cable.
Because of its hardware limitations, the GATM supports only RET antennas compatible with
AISG1.1 protocols and does not support RET antennas compatible with AISG2.0 protocols.
Figure 4-9 GATM scenario

For the data configuration for this connection mode, see scenario 5 in section 9.4 Deployment.

4.1.2 Operations on RET Antennas


The base station can perform operations, including configuration file loading, antenna
calibration, and downtilt setting, on each RET subunit separately.

Configuration file loading


A configuration file describes the relationship between the RCU and the RET subunit
downtilt. The configuration file is provided by the RET antenna manufacturer. Some
RET antennas have been loaded with default configuration files before delivery. For
antennas without default configuration files, run the following command to load the
configuration files:

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

GBTS: LOD BTSRETCFGDATA. Before you run this command, run the DLD
BTSALDFILE command to download the configuration file from the file server to
the base station controller (BSC) operation and maintenance unit (OMU).

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

25

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DLD RETCFGDATA

Ensure that correct configuration files have been loaded to the RET antennas before
antenna calibration. If an incorrect configuration file is loaded, the RET antenna will
experience unexpected errors. In this case, you can run the DSP BTSRETSUBUNIT
(GBTS) or DSP RETSUBUNIT (eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB) command to query the name
of the last loaded configuration file and the load time. You are advised to load the
configuration file to the RET antennas of one or two base stations, and check whether the
actual downtilts are the same as the configured downtilts. If the downtilts are the same,
the configuration file is correct.
Run the following command to query dynamic information about RET additional data:
GBTS: DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DSP RETDEVICEDATA
If any information is incorrect in the command output, for example, the values of Max tilt and Min tilt
are NULL, no configuration file was loaded or the configuration file is lost.

Antenna calibration
After an RET antenna is installed, run the following command to calibrate the RET
antenna:

GBTS: CLB BTSRET

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: CLB RET

During the calibration, the RCU adjusts the RET antenna within the downtilt range so
that the RET antenna operates properly. If the RET antenna is not calibrated, the base
station reports ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated.
An RET antenna does not need to be calibrated again after it is reset or powered off.

Downtilt setting

1.

After the RET antenna is calibrated, run the following command to query the supported
downtilt range:
GBTS: DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DSP RETDEVICEDATA
The downtilt range of an RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and model.

2.

Run the following command to set an RET subunit downtilt:


GBTS: MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: MOD RETSUBUNIT
Setting the downtilt of an RET subunit affects the coverage of the RET antenna. Set the
downtilt based on the engineering design.
The base station can perform operations on the RCU separately, including software
download and RCU reset.

RCU software download


Run the following command to download the RCU software:

GBTS: LOD BTSALDSW. Before you run this command, run the DLD
BTSALDFILE command to download the RCU software from the file server to the
BSC OMU.

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DLD ALDSW

For details about the RCU software, see the documents provided by the RET antenna
manufacturer.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

26

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

RCU reset
Run the following command to reset the RCU:

GBTS: RST BTSALD

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: RST ALD

Resetting the RCU does not change the RET antenna downtilt.

4.2 TMA Functions


4.2.1 Connections Between the TMA, RRU/RFU, and RET
Antenna
If an RRU or RFU is to be connected to an RET antenna through a TMA, the RRU or RFU
control port must be connected to the TMA control port.

Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)


A TMA is connected to an RRU or RFU and RET antenna, and is powered by the RRU or
RFU.
With the integrated SBT, the TMA splits combined signals from the RRUs or RFUs into two
links. RF signals are sent to the RET antenna on one link. On the other link, OOK signals are
converted to RS485 control signals and 12 V DC power is forwarded to the RCU through an
AISG multi-wire cable.
Figure 4-10 shows how an RRU or RFU with two RF ports is connected to the TMA and RET
antenna.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

27

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-10 Connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)

For the data configurations in this connection mode, see the following scenarios:

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 3 in section 8.4 Deployment.

GBTS: scenario 3 in section 9.4 Deployment.

Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 2 or 5 in section 10.4


Deployment.

Figure 4-11 shows how two RF modules are cascaded and then connected to the TMA and
RET antenna. In this mode, RF ports ANT_A on the two RF modules are connected to the
TMA and RET antenna, and either RF port ANT_A can be the control port for the RET
antenna connected to the two RF modules.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

28

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-11 Two cascaded RF modules connected to the TMA and RET antenna

For the data configurations in this connection mode, see the following scenarios:

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 3 in section 8.4 Deployment.

GBTS: scenario 3 in section 9.4 Deployment.

Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 6 in section 10.4 Deployment.

When RRUs with four RF ports are connected to two antennas, two RF ports on these RRUs
can be paired and connected to one antenna. The following description assumes that the
RRU3942 uses a 2T4R configuration. RF ports ANT_A and ANT_C on the RRU3942 are
paired and connected to one antenna, and RF ports ANT_B and ANT_D are paired and
connected to the other antenna. Figure 4-12 shows how the RRU3942 is connected to the
TMA and RET antenna.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

29

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-12 RRU3942 (2T4R) connected to the TMA and RET antenna

In this connection mode, RF ports ANT_A and ANT_B are the control ports for Antenna(1)
and Antenna(2), respectively. For the data configurations in this connection mode, see the
following scenarios:

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 3 in section 8.4 Deployment.

GBTS: scenario 3 in section 9.4 Deployment.

Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 7 in section 10.4 Deployment.

Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT (with a TMA)


This connection mode applies to RRUs without a BT, such as the RRU3004 for GSM,
RRU3801C (20 W) for UMTS, and RRU3220 for LTE. Without a BT, RF ports cannot
Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

30

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

provide 12 V DC power for antennas. In this case, connect the RETPORT on an RRU to an
external BT to provide power for antennas, as shown in Figure 4-13.
The signal transmission process is as follows:
1.

The RRU supplies 12 V DC power and sends RS485 control signals to the external BT
through an AISG multi-wire cable.

2.

The BT converts RS485 control signals to OOK signals, combines the OOK signals and
RF signals, and sends the combined signals to the TMA.

3.

The TMA splits the combined signals into two links. RF signals are sent to the RET
antenna on one link. On the other link, OOK signals are converted to RS485 control
signals and 12 V DC power is forwarded to the RCU through an AISG multi-wire cable.
For the data configuration for this connection mode, see scenario 4 in section 8.4
Deployment for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB or scenario 4 in section 9.4 Deployment for
a GBTS.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

31

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-13 Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT (with a TMA)

Connection to the TMA Through the GATM


Connections between the GATM and TMA apply to the GBTS only. In this scenario, a DRFU
is connected to a TMA through a GATM and BT, as shown in Figure 4-14. The GATM feeds
12 V DC power to the BT. Then, the BT combines the OOK signals, 12 V DC power, and RF
signals and sends the combined signals to the TMA.
The GATM can supply power only to the connected TMA. The TMA provides the default
gains, not the configured gains. You need to configure parameters related to the power switch
and current alarm threshold for the port on the GATM connecting to the TMA. For details

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

32

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

about data preparation, see Table 9-11. Then, configure parameters related to the RX channel
attenuation. For details about data preparation, see Table 9-9. RET data is not involved in this
connection mode.
Figure 4-14 Connection to the RET antenna through the GATM

4.2.2 Operations on the TMA


The gain of the TMA with fixed gain is not configurable.

TMA gain and working mode are configurable.

Setting TMA working mode


By default, the TMA is set to NORMAL working mode to ensure normal operation. If
you run the following command with the MODE parameter set to BYPASS, the TMA
serves as a straight-through feeder and does not amplify signals:

GBTS: MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: MOD TMASUBUNIT

Setting TMA gain

1.

Run the following command to query the value range of TMA gain:
GBTS: DSP BTSTMADEVICEDATA
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DSP TMADEVICEDATA

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

33

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

2.

4 ALD Management Functions

Run the following command to set TMA subunit gain:


GBTS: MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: MOD TMASUBUNIT

The base station can perform operations on the TMA separately, including software download
and TMA reset.

TMA software download


Run the following command to download the TMA software:

GBTS: LOD BTSALDSW. Before you run this command, run the DLD
BTSALDFILE command to download the TMA software from the file server to the
BSC OMU.

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DLD ALDSW

For details about the TMA software, see the documents provided by the TMA
manufacturer.

TMA reset
Run the following command to reset the TMA:

GBTS: RST BTSALD

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: RST ALD

Resetting the TMA does not change the TMA gain and working mode.

4.3 SASU Functions


4.3.1 Connections Between the SASU, RRU/RFU, and RET
Antenna
Figure 4-15 shows how the SASU, RRUs/RFUs, and RET antenna are connected when
RRUs/RFUs for GSM (referred to as 2G) and UMTS (referred to as 3G) share one RET
antenna and the SASU is installed less than 20 m away from the RET antenna. With the
integrated SBT, the SASU splits combined 3G signals from the RRUs/RFUs into two links.
RF signals and 2G signals are combined and sent to the RET antenna on one link. On the
other link, OOK signals are converted to RS485 control signals and 12 V DC power is
forwarded to the RCU through an AISG multi-wire cable.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

34

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-15 SASU directly connected to the RET antenna

SASU data can be configured only on the NodeB side. Because the SASU is an active device,
you need to turn on the power switch for the 3G RRU control port on the NodeB side, and
specify current alarm thresholds. For connection mode in Figure 4-15, set the DCSWITCH
parameter for the SASU to OFF. Otherwise, the RET antenna will short-circuit. For the data
configuration for this connection mode, see scenario 5 in section 8.4 Deployment.
Figure 4-16 shows how the SASU, RRUs/RFUs, TMA, and RET antenna are connected when
the SASU is installed greater than 20 m away from the RET antenna. The SASU combines 2G
and 3G signals and sends the combined signals to the TMA. The TMA splits the combined
signals into two links. RF signals are sent to the RET antenna on one link. On the other link,
OOK signals are converted to RS485 control signals and 12 V DC power is forwarded to the
RCU through an AISG multi-wire cable.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

35

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-16 SASU connected to the TMA and RET antenna

SASU data can be configured only on the NodeB side. In this connection mode, the
DCSWITCH parameter for the SASU cannot be set to OFF because the TMA is an active
device. If the DCSWITCH parameter is set to UMTS, specify the DCLOAD parameter for
SASU subunits so that the TMA connected to the SASU can be acknowledged by the base
transceiver station (BTS). For the data configuration for this connection mode, see scenario 6
in section 8.4 Deployment.

4.3.2 Operations on the SASU


The SASU DC power switch, gain, and working mode are configurable only on the NodeB
side.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Setting the DC power switch


Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

36

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

When the SASU is connected to the RET antenna through a TMA, run the MOD SASU
command with the DCSWITCH parameter set to any value except OFF. When the
SASU is directly connected to the RET antenna, set the DCSWITCH parameter for the
SASU to OFF. Otherwise, the RET antenna will short-circuit.

Setting SASU working mode


By default, the SASU is set to NORMAL working mode to ensure normal operation. If
you run the MOD SASUSUBUNIT command with the MODE parameter set to
BYPASS, the SASU serves as a straight-through feeder and does not amplify signals.

Setting SASU gain

1.

Run the DSP SASUDEVICEDATA command to query the value range of SASU gain.

2.

Run the MOD SASUSUBUNIT command to set SASU subunit gain.

The base station can perform operations on the SASU separately, including software
download and SASU reset.

SASU software download


Run the DLD ALDSW command to download the SASU software.
For details about the SASU software, see the documents provided by the SASU
manufacturer.

SASU reset
Run the RST ALD command to reset the SASU.
Resetting the SASU does not change the SASU gain and working mode.

4.4 AAS Functions


4.4.1 Connections Between the AAS Module with Passive
Antennas, RRU/RFU, and BBU
An AAS module with passive antennas has two types of external ports: an RET port
(RETPORT) and an RF port (ANTENNAPORT). The ANTENNAPORT can be at the bottom
of the AAAU or on the AAPU. Some AAS modules, for example, the AAU3910, have AISG
ports that can be connected to RRUs or RFUs for the RET function. Table 2-7 lists the
capabilities of AAS modules to support the RET function.

Scenario 1: Using the AAMU for the RET function on the AAS Module
As shown in Figure 4-17, RRUs or RFUs connect to an AAS module with passive antennas
through external ports on the AAS module. Choose an appropriate external port to connect the
RRU or RFU to the AAS module. The integrated RCU provides the RET function for the
AAS module with passive antennas and the RCU is controlled by the AAMU. In this scenario,
the RET function for the AAS module with passive antennas must be set by the mode that
manages the AAS module. In SRAN8.0, the AAS module with passive antennas can be
managed only by the UMTS mode, and therefore the RET function must be set in the UMTS
mode that manages the AAS module with passive antennas for the GSM mode.
Before setting the RET function, you must configure the AAS module. Compared with the
RET function on conventional antennas, the RET function on the AAS module with passive
antennas does not require you to configure power supply switches or current alarm thresholds.
Instead, you can directly configure the RET function:

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

37

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

For the AAU3901, RETTYPE must be set to MULTI_RET. You can determine which
antenna to use for the RET function according to the RET subunit.

For other AAS modules, RETTYPE and SCENARIO must be set to SINGLE_RET and
DAISY_CHAIN, respectively. You can determine which antenna to use for the RET
function according to the serial number of the integrated antenna. If you need to use only
one set of antennas for the RET function, set SCENARIO to DAISY_CHAIN. In this
case, specify the VENDORCODE and SERIALNO parameters because the antennas in
the AAS module are working in daisy chain mode. For the serial numbers of the
integrated antennas in the AAS module, see the hardware description of the AAS module.
For the data configuration for this connection mode, see scenario 7 in section 8.4
Deployment.

Figure 4-17 Connections to the RRUs/RFUs and BBU (AAMU for RET function)

Scenario 2: Using the RRU/RFU for the RET function on the AAS Module
When the RET function for an AAS module with passive antennas is provided by an RRU or
RFU connecting to the AAS module, the connections between the RRU or RFU and the AAS
module are similar to the connections between the RRU or RFU and the conventional RET
antennas except for the AISG port configuration, as shown in Figure 4-18. In this scenario, the
AAS module functions as the conventional RET antennas. Therefore, the configuration can be
performed in the same way as that for conventional RET antennas.
You can configure the RET function: RETTYPE and SCENARIO must be set to
SINGLE_RET and DAISY_CHAIN, respectively. You can determine which antenna to use
for the RET function according to the antenna serial number.
If you need to use only one set of antennas for the RET function, set SCENARIO to
DAISY_CHAIN. In this case, specify the VENDORCODE and SERIALNO parameters
because the antennas in the AAS module are working in daisy chain mode. For the serial
numbers of the integrated antennas in the AAS module, see the hardware description of the
AAS module.
For other data configurations,

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

38

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

If the RRU is to use an RETPORT to send RET signals to the AAS module, see scenario
1 in section 8.4 Deployment for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB or scenario 1 in section 9.4
Deployment for a GBTS.

If the RET function is provided by the RRU or RFU through an ANTENNAPORT, see
scenario 2 in section 8.4 Deployment for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB or scenario 2 in
section 9.4 Deployment for a GBTS.

Figure 4-18 Connections to the RRUs/RFUs and BBU (RRU/RFU for RET function)

Scenario 3: Using the Active Module on the AAS for the RET function
When the RET function for an AAS module with passive antennas is controlled by the active
module on the AAS module, the active module forwards the RET signals received from the
BBU to the passive module using an RETPORT, as shown in Figure 4-19. In this case, the
active module works as a conventional RET device and therefore configurations on this active
module are the same as those on a conventional RET device.
For the AAU3910, RETTYPE and SCENARIO must be set to SINGLE_RET and
DAISY_CHAIN, respectively. You can determine which set of antennas to use for the RET
function according to the antenna serial number. If you need to use only one set of antennas
for the RET function, set SCENARIO to DAISY_CHAIN. In this case, specify the
VENDORCODE and SERIALNO parameters because the antennas in the AAS module are
working in daisy chain mode. For the serial numbers of the integrated antennas in the AAS
module, see the hardware description of the AAS module. For other data configurations for
this connection mode for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, see scenario 8 in section "8.4
Deployment."

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

39

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Figure 4-19 Connections to the RRUs/RFUs and BBU (AARU for RET function)

4.4.2 Operations on AAS Modules


AAS Modules with Passive Antennas
When the RET function for an AAS module with passive antennas is controlled by the AAMU,
related operations on the AAS module are performed in the following way:

For the AAU3910, the operations are performed on each RET subunit independently
because the passive antennas in the AAS module function as a set of multiple antennas.

For other AAS modules, the operations are performed on each antenna independently
because each RET subunit of the passive antennas in the AAS module functions as a
single antenna working in daisy chain mode.

When the RET function for an AAS module with passive antennas is controlled by the RRU
or RFU, related operations are performed on each antenna independently because each RET
subunit of the passive antennas in the AAS module functions as a single antenna working in
daisy chain mode.
When the RET function for an AAS module with passive antennas is controlled by the active
module on the AAS module, related operations are performed on each antenna independently
because each RET subunit of the passive antennas in the AAS module functions as a single
antenna working in daisy chain mode.

Scanning
You can scan all the AAS modules connected to an RF module (except for the
AAU3901). When the RET function for a specific AAS module is controlled by an RF
module, the RET function for the module cannot be scanned on or controlled by other
RF modules that are also connected to the AAS module.
If multiple RF modules share the AAS module, running the SCN ALD command may
fail to scan all the RET function controlled by each RF module at a time. In this case,
you can run the SCAN ADL command for each of the RF modules that control the RET
function for AAS modules that have not been scanned.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

40

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

4 ALD Management Functions

Configuration file loading


Loading configuration files is not required because AAS modules with passive antennas
come with built-in configurations files. If ALM-26754 RET Antenna Data Loss is
reported, the configuration files have been lost. In such a case, you can run the DLD
RETCFGDATA command to reload configuration files for the AAS module. Note that
this command applies only to eGBTSs/NodeBs/eNodeBs.

Antenna calibration
After an AAS module with passive antennas is installed, run the CLB RET command on
the eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB LMT to calibrate the antennas. During the calibration, RCUs
adjust the antennas within the downtilt range until the antennas operate properly. If the
calibration fails, ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is generated.
After the AAS module is reset or powered off, it does not need to be calibrated again.

Downtilt setting
After the AAS module is calibrated, run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command on the
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB LMT to query the supported downtilt range. Then, run the
MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set the downtilts for RET subunits. Because setting
RET subunit downtilt affects the coverage of the related antennas, specify parameters
based on the engineering design.
Each RET subunit supports a unique downtilt range.

In an AAS module with passive antennas, the base station can download software and reset
the RCU for each RCU separately.

RCU software download


Run the DLD ALDSW command on the eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB LMT to download the
RCU software provided by Huawei. For details, see AAS-related documents provided by
Huawei.

RCU reset
Run the RST ALD command on the eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB LMT to reset an RCU.
RCU reset does not change the antenna's downtilt.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

41

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

5 Related Features

Related Features

N/A

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

42

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

6 Impact on the Network

Impact on the Network

N/A

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

43

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


Multimode Base Station)

Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual


Deployment on Multimode Base Station)

7.1 When to Use ALD Management


It is recommended that ALD management be used when ALDs have been installed and the
ALDs comply with the AISG protocol. The AISG protocol has two versions, AISG v1.1 and
AISG v2.0. Both are supported in SRAN8.0 and later.

7.2 Required Information


N/A

7.3 Planning
N/A

7.4 Deployment
7.4.1 Requirements
The GSM and UMTS modes have no requirements for deploying this feature.
In the LTE system, this feature is under license control. Table 7-1 lists the license control
items for this feature.
Table 7-1 License control items for optional features of ALD management
Feature

License Control Item Name

LOFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt


Control

Remote Electrical Tilt Control

TDLOFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt

Remote Electrical Tilt Control

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

44

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


Multimode Base Station)

Feature

License Control Item Name

Control

7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs)


Determine the location of the ALD control port on the RRU or RFU. The ALD control port
provides power and OOK signals for the ALD. You can locate the port based on the site's
cable connections.
Device data in a co-MPT multimode base station needs to be configured only once. For a
co-MPT multimode base station, you only need to determine which RRU/RFU port is the
control port for the ALD device and configure the power switch, current threshold and ALD
data once.
For a separate-MPT base station, the RRU or RFU can be managed by a single mode or
multiple modes. Determine the mode that manages the RRU or RFU and configure all data for
the ALD powered by this RRU or RFU in this mode. This procedure involves the following
two scenarios:
MPT is short for main processing and transmission unit.

Scenario 1: RRU/RFU Is Managed by a Single Mode


The RRU or RFU is working in a single-mode or multimode base station, and provides power
and OOK signals for the ALD.
Determine the mode that manages the RRU or RFU and configure all ALD data in this mode.

Scenario 2: RRU/RFU Is Managed by Multiple Modes


The RRU or RFU is working in a multimode base station, and provides power and OOK
signals for the ALD.
Parameters related to the ALD control port in this scenario are RF module common
parameters. During the data preparation, initial configuration, and feature reconfiguration, the
common parameters must be set to consistent values for all modes that manage the RRU or
RFU. Table 7-2 lists the common ALD parameters for RF modules in each mode.
Table 7-2 Common ALD parameters for RF modules in each mode
Object

GBTS
Parameter
Name

eGBTS/NodeB/e
NodeB/Co-MPT
Base Station
Parameter Name

Recommended Setting

Control
port
(RET
port as a
control
port)

RET ALD
Power Switch

ALD Power Switch

For a separate-MPT base station, set


this parameter to ON in all modes. The
RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT
switches on one RRU cannot be turned
on simultaneously.

RET ALD
Current Alarm

Current Alarm

For a separate-MPT base station, each


of these parameters must be set to the

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

45

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Object

Control
port (RF
port as a
control
port and
ANT_A
as an
example
)

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


Multimode Base Station)

GBTS
Parameter
Name

eGBTS/NodeB/e
NodeB/Co-MPT
Base Station
Parameter Name

Recommended Setting

Threshold
Type

Threshold

same value in all modes. For


recommended values, see Table 8-18.

RET ALD
Under Current
Occur
Threshold(mA
)

Undercurrent
Alarm Occur
Threshold

RET ALD
Under Current
Clear
Threshold(mA
)

Undercurrent
Alarm Clear
Threshold

RET ALD
Over Current
Occur
Threshold(mA
)

Overcurrent Alarm
Occur Threshold

RET ALD
Over Current
Clear
Threshold(mA
)

Overcurrent Alarm
Clear Threshold

ANT_A ALD
Power Switch

ALD Power Switch

For a separate-MPT base station, set


this parameter to ON in all modes. The
RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT
switches on one RRU cannot be turned
on simultaneously.

ANT_A ALD
Current Alarm
Threshold
Type

Current Alarm
Threshold Type

For a separate-MPT base station, each


of these parameters must be set to the
same value in all modes. For
recommended values, see Table 8-17.

ANT_A ALD
Over Current
Occur
Threshold(mA
)

Undercurrent
Alarm Occur
Threshold

ANT_A ALD
Over Current
Clear
Threshold(mA
)

Undercurrent
Alarm Clear
Threshold

ANT_A ALD
Under Current
Occur

Overcurrent Alarm
Occur Threshold

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

46

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Object

GBTS
Parameter
Name

7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


Multimode Base Station)

eGBTS/NodeB/e
NodeB/Co-MPT
Base Station
Parameter Name

Recommended Setting

Threshold(mA
)

RRU/R
FU RX
channel
attenuati
on

ANT_A ALD
Under Current
Clear
Threshold(mA
)

Overcurrent Alarm
Clear Threshold

Antenna
Tributary 1
Factor

Attenuation

If no TMA is used, set this parameter to


0.
If a 12 dB TMA is used, set this
parameter to a value within the range
from 4 dB to 11 dB.
If a 24 dB TMA is used, set this
parameter to a value within the range
from 11 dB to 22 dB.
For a separate-MPT base station, each
of these parameters must be set to the
same value in all modes.

When an RF port except ANT_A is used as a control port, common ALD parameters are named in the
following ways:

For a GBTS, common ALD parameters are named by analogy based on Table 7-2. For example,
when ANT_B is used as the control port, ANT_B ALD Power Switch is the correct parameter name

For an eGBTS, NodeB, eNodeB, or co-MPT base station, common ALD parameters are named in
the same way as those listed in Table 7-2.

Other ALD-related parameters, except the RF module common parameters, must be set only
in one mode of the separate-MPT base station. Choose one from the modes that manage the
RRU or RFU providing power and OOK signals for the ALD. Then, configure all data for the
ALD only in this mode.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

47

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


Multimode Base Station)

The mode in which the other ALD-related parameters are set must be the same in the data
preparation, initial configuration, activation observation, and reconfiguration.

Only one maintenance link can be established between the RRU or RFU and the ALDs. Therefore,
ALD data can be configured only in one mode of a multimode base station. If ALD data is
configured in two modes in this multimode base station, unexpected faults will occur. For example,
ALDs cannot be scanned, or ALM-26541 ALD Maintenance Link Failure is reported. If such faults
occur, remove the ALD data configuration in both modes, and scan and configure the ALDs in the
correct mode. If ALDs cannot be scanned after the ALD data configuration is removed, turn off the
power switches in both modes, and set the power switches and current alarm thresholds in both
modes again.

7.4.3 Overall Process (AAS Modules)


Device data in a co-MPT multimode base station needs to be configured only once. For a
co-MPT multimode base station using AAS modules with passive antennas, you only need to
configure ALD data only once.
For a separate-MPT base station using AAS modules, configure ALD data based on the site's
cable connections. The RET data must be configured only on one side.
When an AAS module with passive antennas does not have an AISG port, the RET function
on the AAS module is configured on and managed by the mode managing the AAS module.
Therefore, determine the managing mode first. If the AAS module is managed by multiple
modes, select one of them.
When the AAS module has an AISG port, the RET function on the AAS module with passive
antennas is configured on and managed by the mode that manages AAS module (Method 1).
Alternatively, the RET function is configured on the RRU or RFU that provides power and
OOK signals for the AAS module with passive antennas (Method 2). When the site's cable
connections support both methods, you can use only one method to configure the RET
function because faults may occur if you choose both methods.

If method 1 is used, the configuration for the RET function is same as that for scenario in
which the AAS module does not have an AISG port.

If method 2 is used, the configuration for the RET function is same as that for the RET
antennas. For details, see section 7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs).

7.4.4 Data Preparation


For a co-MPT base station, data preparation is the same as that for an eGBTS, NodeB, or
eNodeB. For details, see section 8.4.2 Data Preparation.
For a separate-MPT base station, the data preparation procedure is detailed in the following
three scenarios. Note that the RRU or RFU provides power and OOK signals for the ALD in
scenarios 1 and 2.

Scenario 1: RRU/RFU Is Managed by a Single Mode


In this scenario, the RRU or RFU provides power and OOK signals for the ALD.
This scenario does not involve RF module common parameters. Determine the mode that
manages the RRU or RFU according to 7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs) and then
prepare all ALD data in the mode. For details, see the following data preparation sections:

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.4.2 Data Preparation.

GBTS: section 9.4.2 Data Preparation.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

48

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


Multimode Base Station)

Scenario 2: RRU/RFU Is Managed by Multiple Modes


In this scenario, the RRU or RFU provides power and OOK signals for the ALD.
Prepare the RF module common parameters on the sides of all the modes that manage the
RRU or RFU. For details, see Table 7-2.
Select one of the modes that manage the RRN or RFU according to 7.4.2 Overall Process
(RETs/TMAs/SASUs) and then prepare other ALD parameters except the RF module
common parameters in this mode. For details, see the following data preparation sections:

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.4.2 Data Preparation.

GBTS: section 9.4.2 Data Preparation.

Scenario 3: AAS Modules Are Used


Determine the mode in which the RET function is set for the AAS module according to
section 7.4.3 Overall Process (AAS Modules). The data preparation for the mode is the same
as that for a single-mode base station.
If an AAS module with passive antennas is used, see scenario 1, 2, 7, or 8 in section 8.4.2
Data Preparation.

7.4.5 Initial Configuration


For a co-MPT base station, initial configuration is the same that for an eGBTS, NodeB, or
eNodeB. For details, see section 8.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI or 8.4.5 Initial
Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands.
For a separate-MPT base station, initial configurations differ as follows:

Scenario 1: RRU/RFU Is Managed by a Single Mode


The RRU or RFU is working in a single-mode or multimode base station, and provides power
and OOK signals for the ALD.
Determine the mode that manages the RRU or RFU and configure all data for the ALD
powered by this RRU or RFU in this mode. For details, see the following initial configuration
sections:

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: sections 8.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI and 8.4.5 Initial
Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands.

GBTS: sections 9.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI and 9.4.5 Initial Configuration on
a Single Base Station Using MML Commands.

Scenario 2: RRU/RFU Is Managed by Multiple Modes


The RRU or RFU is working in a multimode base station, and provides power and OOK
signals for the ALD.
Before you set other ALD-related parameters, set the RF module common parameters listed in
Table 7-2 to consistent values for all modes that manage the RRU or RFU. If the RF module
common parameters are set to inconsistent values, ALM-26272 Inter-System RF Unit
Parameter Settings Conflict will be reported.
Run the following commands to set RF module common parameters:

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

49

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


Multimode Base Station)

GBTS: SET BTSRXUBP

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: MOD RETPORT/MOD ANTENNAPORT


The RRU or RFU managed by multiple modes can supply power to ALDs only if the ALD power
switches are turned on for all modes that manage the multi-mode RRU or RFU. The ALD can be
scanned only after the power supply is normal.
The RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT switches on one RRU cannot be turned on simultaneously.

Then, select one of the modes that manage the RRU or RFU and set the other ALD-related
parameters in this mode. For example, if the RRU or RFU is managed by the GBTS and
NodeB, set the other ALD-related parameters on the GBTS or NodeB side. The configuration
procedure is the same as that for the related mode.

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: sections 8.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI and 8.4.5 Initial
Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands.

GBTS: sections 9.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI and 9.4.5 Initial Configuration on
a Single Base Station Using MML Commands.

Scenario 3: AAS Modules Are Used


Determine the mode in which the RET function is configured in the AAS module based on
section 7.4.3 Overall Process (AAS Modules) and then perform initial configuration in this
mode accordingly.
You can initially configure an AAS module in the following ways:

To use a graphical user interface (GUI) to configure an AAS module, see section 8.4.4
Initial Configuration on the GUI.

To use man-machine language (MML) commands to configure an AAS module with


passive antennas, see scenario 1, 2, 7, or 8 in section 8.4.5 Initial Configuration on a
Single Base Station Using MML Commands.

7.4.6 Commissioning
For a co-MPT base station, the commissioning procedure is the same as that for an eGBTS,
NodeB, or eNodeB. For details, see section 8.4.6 Commissioning.
For a separate-MPT base station, this procedure does not involve the RF module command
parameters. Determine the mode for configuring the ALD according to section 7.4.2 Overall
Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs) and perform this procedure accordingly. For details, see the
following sections:

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.4.6 Commissioning.

GBTS: section 9.4.6 Commissioning.

7.4.7 Activation Observation


For a co-MPT base station, the active observation procedure is the same as that for an eGBTS,
NodeB, or eNodeB. For details, see section 8.4.7 Activation Observation.
For a separate-MPT base station, this procedure does not involve the RF module command
parameters. Determine the mode for configuring the ALD according to section 7.4.2 Overall
Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs) and perform this procedure accordingly. For details, see the
following sections:

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.4.7 Activation Observation.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

50

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


Multimode Base Station)

GBTS: section 9.4.7 Activation Observation.

7.4.8 Deactivation
For a co-MPT base station, the deactivation procedure is the same as that for an eGBTS,
NodeB, or eNodeB. For details, see section 8.4.8 Deactivation.
For a separate-MPT base station, this procedure does not involve the RF module command
parameters. Determine the mode for configuring the ALD according to section 7.4.2 Overall
Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs) and perform this procedure accordingly. For details, see the
following sections:

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.4.8 Deactivation.

GBTS: section 9.4.8 Deactivation.

7.4.9 Reconfiguration
For a co-MPT base station, the reconfiguration procedure is the same as that for an eGBTS,
NodeB, or eNodeB. For details, see section 8.4.9 Reconfiguration.
For a separate-MPT base station, reconfigurations differ as follows:

Scenario 1: RRU/RFU Is Managed by a Single Mode


In this scenario, the RRU or RFU provides power and OOK signals for the ALD.
Determine the location of the ALD control port on the RRU or RFU. The ALD control port
provides power and OOK signals for the ALD. You can locate the port based on the site's
cable connections.
This scenario does not involve RF module common parameters. Determine the mode that
manages the RRU or RFU based on section 7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs) and
reconfigure ALD data in this mode. For details, see the following reconfiguration sections:

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB/co-MPT base station: section 8.4.9 Reconfiguration.

GBTS: section 9.4.9 Reconfiguration.

Scenario 2: RRU/RFU Is Managed by Multiple Modes


In this scenario, the RRU or RFU provides power and OOK signals for the ALD.
If the RF module common parameters listed in Table 7-2 need to be reconfigured, reconfigure
the parameters consistently for all modes that manage the RRU or RFU.
Run the following commands to set RF module common parameters:

GBTS: SET BTSRXUBP

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: MOD RETPORT/MOD ANTENNAPORT

If other ALD-related parameters except the RF module common parameters need to be


reconfigured, determine the mode and reconfigure ALD data on one of the modes managing
the RRU or RFU. For details, see the following reconfiguration sections:

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.4.9 Reconfiguration.

GBTS: section 9.4.9 Reconfiguration.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

51

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


Multimode Base Station)

Scenario 3: AAS Modules Are Used


In this scenario, a base station uses the AAS module.
Determine the mode that manages the RRU or RFU based on section 7.4.3 Overall Process
(AAS Modules) and reconfigure ALD data in this mode accordingly.
For details about how to reconfigure parameters for an AAS module with passive antennas,
see section 8.4.9 Reconfiguration.

7.5 Performance Monitoring


N/A

7.6 Parameter Optimization


N/A

7.7 Troubleshooting
For a co-MPT base station, troubleshoot the ALD faults in the same way as that for an eGBTS,
NodeB, or eNodeB. For details, see section 8.7 Troubleshooting.
Determine the location of the ALD control port on the RRU or RFU. The ALD control port
provides power and OOK signals for the ALD. You can locate the port based on the site's
cable connections.
For a separate-MPT base station, determine the mode in which the ALD is configured based
on section 7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs) or 7.4.3 Overall Process (AAS
Modules), and then troubleshoot the ALD faults in this mode accordingly. For details, see the
following troubleshooting sections:

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.7 Troubleshooting.

GBTS: section 9.7 Troubleshooting.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

52

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual


Deployment on eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
8.1 When to Use ALD Management
It is recommended that ALD management be used when ALDs have been installed and the
ALDs comply with the AISG protocol. The AISG protocol has two versions, AISG v1.1 and
AISG v2.0, both supported in SRAN8.0 and later.

8.2 Required Information


N/A

8.3 Planning
N/A

8.4 Deployment
8.4.1 Requirements
The GSM and UMTS modes have no requirements for deploying this feature.
In the LTE system, this feature is under license control. Table 8-1 lists the license control
items for this feature.
Table 8-1 License control items for optional features of ALD management
Feature

License Control Item

LOFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt


Control

Remote Electrical Tilt Control

TDLOFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt

Remote Electrical Tilt Control

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

53

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Feature

License Control Item

Control

8.4.2 Data Preparation


Introduction
This section includes only key parameters, not parameters in all scenarios.
Data sources of key parameters include the following:

Radio network planning (internal planning): The parameter value comes from the radio
network plan, facilitating resource management on the current NE.

Radio network planning (negotiated with the peer): The parameter value comes from the
radio network plan. The NE negotiates this value with the peer device to ensure
successful interworking.

Transport network planning (internal planning): The parameter value comes from the
transport network plan, facilitating resource management on the current NE.

Transport network planning (negotiated with the peer): The parameter value comes from
the transport network plan. The NE negotiates this value with the peer device to ensure
successful interworking.

Equipment planning: The parameter value comes from the equipment plan.

Engineering design: The parameter value comes from the algorithm or function design.

Default/recommended value: The parameter uses the default or recommended value, and
the recommended value is preferential. The default or recommended value can be used in
most scenarios and adjusted for a specific scenario.

N/A: The parameter value is not required.

ALD data configuration varies by scenario, depending on:

The type of the RRU, RFU or AAS port through which control signals are sent to an
RET antenna

Whether you use a TMA

Whether the NodeB supports SASUs

The scenarios are as follows:

Scenario 1: connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT

Scenario 2: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT

Scenario 3: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)

Scenario 4: connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT (with a TMA)

Scenario 5: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT (with an


SASU)

Scenario 6: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT (with an


SASU and a TMA)

Scenario 7: connection to the AAS module with passive antennas (AAMU)

Scenario 8: Connection to the AAS module with passive antennas (Active module)

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

54

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Generic Data
Before configuring ALD data, collect the following generic data:

Configuration file for the RET antenna: Used to determine whether to update the
configuration file. Obtain the configuration file from the RET antenna manufacturer
based on the RCU and antenna models.

Software of the RET antenna, TMA, and SASU: Used to determine whether to update
the software. If an update is required, obtain the software from the RET antenna, TMA,
and SASU manufacturers.

RET antenna connections: Used to determine whether RET antennas are connected in a
regular scenario. If the RET antennas are not connected in a regular scenario, record
serial numbers of RET antennas and the mapping between the RET antennas and the
base station/sectors. The serial numbers are printed on labels of the RET antennas.

Connections between the RET antenna, TMA, SASU, and RRU/RFU: Used to determine
the specific connections between these devices (such as the type of RRU or RFU port
through which control signals are sent to an RET antenna) and the connections between
each antenna subunit and the RRU or RFU (if multiple antennas are used)

Current alarm thresholds for the RET antenna, TMA, and SASU, which are provided in
the related specifications.

Connections between the AAS module and RRU/RFU (only when an AAS module with
passive antennas is used): Used to determine whether the RET function for the AAS module is
set through the configured AAMU or the RRU/RFU connecting to the AAS module and to
which integrated passive antenna the RRU or RFU is connected
It is recommended that you obtain the basic information about the RET antenna, TMA, and SASU at the
site, including the antenna model, RCU model, antenna type (single-antenna or multi-antenna), number
of subunits, manufacturer code, and serial number. In a regular scenario, you can run the following
command to obtain the antenna type, number of subunits, manufacturer code, and serial number:

GBTS: STR BTSALDSCAN

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: SCN ALD

Collect the following information at the site in a regular scenario of conventional ALDs.
ALD
Type

Anten
na
Model

RCU
Model

Antenna Type
(Single-Antenna/
Multi-Antenna)

TMA

SASU

Number
of
Subunits

Manufac
turer
Code

Serial
Number

RET

Collect the following information at the site in a daisy chain or sector splitting scenario of
conventional ALDs.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

55

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

ALD
Type

Site
Nam
e

Secto
r
Num
ber

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Antenn
a
Model

RCU
Model

Antenna
Type
(Single-An
tenna/Mult
i-Antenna)

TMA

SAS
U

Numbe
r of
Subuni
ts

Manu
factur
er
Code

Serial
Num
ber

RET

Collect the following information at the site in a scenario where the AAS module is used.
ALD Type

Site Name

Sector
Number

AAS Type

AAS Antenna
Port
Silkscreen

AAS

Scenario 1: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT


The following descriptions also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its RETPORT. In this scenario, the AAS
module functions as the conventional RET antennas. Therefore, the configuration can be
performed in the same way as that for conventional RET antennas.
Table 8-2 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RETPORT.
Table 8-2 Key parameters related to the RETPORT
Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Cabinet No.

CN

Equipment
plan

Subrack No.

SRN

Slot No.

SN

Port No.

PN

These parameters specify location


information about the control port for an
RET antenna, including the cabinet
number, subrack number, and slot
number of the RRU or RFU where the
control port is located and the control
port number. Set these parameters based
on connections between the RET
antenna and the RRU or RFU. Only one
port on the RRU or RFU can be used as
the control port for the RET antenna. In
a daisy chain scenario, multiple RCUs
share one control port.

ALD Power
Switch

PWRSWITCH

Set this parameter to ON when an RET


antenna is used. The default value is
OFF.

Equipment
plan

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Equipment
plan
Equipment
plan
Equipment
plan

56

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Current
Alarm
Threshold

THRESHOLD
TYPE

Set this parameter as follows:

Engineering
design

If the RRU is connected to the RCU


through the RETPORT in a regular
scenario, set this parameter to
RET_ONLY_MULTICORE.

In other scenarios, set this parameter


to UER_SELF_DEFINE.

Undercurren
t Alarm
Occur
Threshold

UOTHD

Set these parameters only if the


THRESHOLDTYPE parameter is set to
UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set these
parameters as required. For details, see
section 8.4.3 Precautions.

Engineering
design

Undercurren
t Alarm
Clear
Threshold

UCTHD

Overcurrent
Alarm
Occur
Threshold

OOTHD

Engineering
design

Overcurrent
Alarm Clear
Threshold

OCTHD

Engineering
design

Engineering
design

Table 8-3 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna.
Table 8-3 Key parameters related to the RET antenna
Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

The device number of each ALD in a


base station must be unique. Note that
the DEVICENO parameter value of the
RET antenna must differ from that of
the TMA.

Equipment
plan

Device
Name

DEVICENAM
E

This parameter identifies an RET


antenna. The format of the value is
site_sector+port+device type_network
type. For details, see the device
name-related parameter descriptions.
This parameter is optional. If this
parameter is specified, the device name
of each ALD must be unique.

Engineering
design

Control Port
Cabinet No.

CTRLCN

These parameters specify location


information about the control port for an

Equipment
plan

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

57

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Control Port
Subrack No.

CTRLSRN

Equipment
plan

Control Port
Slot No.

CTRLSN

RET antenna, including the cabinet


number, subrack number, and slot
number of the RRU or RFU where the
control port is located. Set these
parameters based on the control
relationship between the RET antenna
and the RRU or RFU.

RET Type

RETTYPE

Set this parameter as follows:

Equipment
plan

RET
Subunit
Number

SUBUNITNU
M

Set this parameter to SINGLE_RET


for the RET antenna with a single
RET subunit.

Set this parameter to MULTI_RET


for the RET antenna with multiple
RET subunits.

Set this parameter to SINGLE_RET


for the AAS module with passive
antennas.

Number of RET subunits used by a base


station.

Equipment
plan

Equipment
plan

Set this parameter as follows:

Set this parameter based on the


actual situation if the RETTYPE
parameter is set to MULTI_RET.

Set this parameter to 1 if the base


station uses the AAS module with
passive antennas.

Polar Type

POLARTYPE

Set this parameter based on the AAS


specifications only when the base
station uses the AAS module with
passive antennas or set this parameter
based on the RET antenna
specifications.

Equipment
plan

Antenna
Scenario

SCENARIO

This parameter specifies how the RET


antenna is connected to an RRU or
RFU.

Equipment
plan

Set this parameter to REGULAR if


the RET antenna is directly
connected to the RRU or RFU. In
this scenario, VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters do not need
to be specified.

Set this parameter to


DAISY_CHAIN in the following
two scenarios:
Two RET antennas are cascaded. In
this scenario, the control port for

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

58

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Setting Notes

Data Source

RET antennas must be configured on


the upper-level RRU or RFU of the
daisy chain. The VENDORCODE
and SERIALNO parameters must be
specified. An AAS module with
passive antennas is used. The
DAISY_CHAIN value is
recommended for this parameter
even when you need to use only one
set of antennas for the RET function.
In this case, specify the
VENDORCODE and SERIALNO
parameters because the antennas in
the AAS module are working in
daisy chain mode.
Vendor
Code

VENDORCOD
E

Set this parameter based on the


manufacturer information, for example,
KA for a Kathrein RET antenna, AN for
an Andrew RET antenna, or HW for a
Huawei Agisson RET antenna or an
AAS module with passive antennas.

Equipment
plan

This parameter is mandatory in daisy


chain scenarios.
Serial No.

SERIALNO

Set this parameter according to the


antenna serial number.

Equipment
plan

This parameter is mandatory in daisy


chain scenarios.
If an AAS module with passive antennas
is used, run the SCN ALD command to
obtain the serial number of the AAS
module. Then set this parameter
according to the mapping between the
serial number and antenna based on the
hardware description specific to the
AAS module.

Table 8-4 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RET subunit.
Table 8-4 Key parameters related to the RET subunit
Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

Device number of an RET antenna

Equipment
plan

Subunit No.

SUBUNITNO

This parameter specifies the RET


subunit number, which starts from 1.

Equipment
plan

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

59

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Connect
Port 1
Cabinet No.

CONNCN1

Equipment
plan

Connect
Port 1
Subrack No.

CONNSRN1

If no AAS module with passive antennas


is used, set these parameters based on
connections between the RET subunits
and the RF ports on the RRU or RFU.

Connect
Port 1 Slot
No.

CONNSN1

Connect
Port 1 Port
No.

CONNPN1

Equipment
plan

Connect
Port 2
Cabinet No.

CONNCN2

Equipment
plan

Connect
Port 2
Subrack No.

CONNSRN2

Equipment
plan

Connect
Port 2 Slot
No.

CONNSN2

Equipment
plan

Connect
Port 2 Port
No.

CONNPN2

Equipment
plan

Tilt

TILT

If an AAS module with passive antennas


is used, set these parameters based on
the connections between the AAS
module and RF ports on the RRU or
RFU.

Set this parameter based on the


engineering design.

Equipment
plan
Equipment
plan

Engineering
design

Table 8-5 describes the parameter that must be set to configure an RET antenna downtilt.
Table 8-5 Key parameter related to the RET antenna downtilt
Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Tilt

TILT

Set this parameter based on the


engineering design.

Engineering
design

Table 8-6 describes the parameter that could be set to configure an RET device data.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

60

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Table 8-6 Key parameters related to the RET device data


Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

Device number of an RET


antenna. Set this parameter
when configuring the RET
MO.

Engineering design

Subunit No.

SUBUNITNO

RET subunit number. Set


this parameter when
configuring the
RETSUBUNIT MO.

Engineering design

Antenna Model
Number

MODELNO

Antenna model. This


parameter is part of the
device data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Antenna Serial
No.

SERIALNO

Equipment serial number of


an antenna. This parameter
is part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP 25.446
or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Band1

BAND1

Equipment plan

Beamwidth1

BEAMWIDTH1

Gain1

GAIN1

Band2

BAND2

Frequency band supported


by an antenna and the
corresponding beam width.
These parameters are part of
device data defined in AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Beamwidth2

BEAMWIDTH2

Equipment plan

Gain2

GAIN2

Equipment plan

Band3

BAND3

Equipment plan

Beamwidth3

BEAMWIDTH3

Equipment plan

Gain3

GAIN3

Equipment plan

Band4

BAND4

Equipment plan

Beamwidth4

BEAMWIDTH4

Equipment plan

Gain4

GAIN4

Equipment plan

Installation Date

DATE

Date on which an antenna is


to be installed. This
parameter is part of the
device data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Installer's ID

INSTALLERID

ID of an antenna installation

Equipment plan

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Equipment plan
Equipment plan
Equipment plan

61

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parameter
Name

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

person. This parameter is


part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP 25.446
or AISG v2.0.
Base Station ID

BSID

ID of a base station served


by an antenna. This
parameter is part of the
device data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Sector ID

SECTORID

ID of a sector served by an
antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP 25.446
or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Antenna
Bearing

BEARING

Azimuth of an antenna. This


parameter is part of the
device data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Installed
Mechanical Tilt

TILT

Mechanical tilt of an
antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP 25.446
or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Scenario 2: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT


The following descriptions also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its ANTENNAPORT. In this scenario, the
AAS module functions as the conventional RET antennas. Therefore, the configuration can be
performed in the same way as that for conventional RET antennas.
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-3, Table 8-4, Table 8-5, and Table
8-6.
Table 8-7 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT.
Table 8-7 Key parameters related to the ANTENNAPORT
Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Cabinet No.

CN

These parameters specify location

Equipment

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

62

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Setting Notes

Data Source

information about the control port for an


RET antenna, including the cabinet
number, subrack number, and slot
number of the RRU or RFU where the
control port is located and the control
port number. Set these parameters based
on connections between the RET
antenna and the RRU or RFU. Only one
port on the RRU or RFU can be used as
the control port for the RET antenna. In
a daisy chain scenario, multiple RCUs
share one control port.

plan
Equipment
plan

Subrack No.

SRN

Slot No.

SN

Port No.

PN

ALD Power
Switch

PWRSWITCH

Set this parameter to ON when an ALD


is used. The default value is OFF.

Equipment
plan

Feeder
Length

FEEDERLEN
GTH

This parameter specifies the length of


the feeder connected to the RF port. Set
this parameter to the actual feeder
length.

Equipment
plan

DL Time
Delay

DLDELAY

Set this parameter based on the device


specifications. Generally, the value is
less than 30 ns.

Equipment
plan

UL Time
Delay

ULDELAY

Set this parameter based on the device


specifications. Generally, the value is
less than 30 ns.

Equipment
plan

Current
Alarm
Threshold
Type

THRESHOLD
TYPE

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see Table 8-17.

Engineering
design

Undercurren
t Alarm
Occur
Threshold

UOTHD

Engineering
design

Undercurren
t Alarm
Clear
Threshold

UCTHD

Set these parameters only if the


THRESHOLDTYPE parameter is set to
UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set these
parameters as required. For details, see
section 8.4.3 Precautions.

Overcurrent
Alarm
Occur
Threshold

OOTHD

Engineering
design

Overcurrent
Alarm Clear
Threshold

OCTHD

Engineering
design

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Equipment
plan
Equipment
plan

Engineering
design

63

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Scenario 3: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


a TMA)
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-3, Table 8-4, Table 8-5, and Table
8-6.
For parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT in this scenario, see Table
8-7.
Table 8-8 describes the parameters that must be set to configure a TMA.
Table 8-8 Key parameters related to the TMA
Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

The device number of each ALD in a


base station must be unique. Note that
the DEVICENO parameter value of the
RET antenna must differ from that of the
TMA.

Equipment
plan

Device
Name

DEVICENAM
E

This parameter identifies an RET


antenna. The format of the value is
site_sector+port+device type_network
type. For details, see the device
name-related parameter descriptions.
This parameter is optional. If this
parameter is specified, the device name
of each ALD must be unique.

Engineering
design

Control Port
Cabinet No.

CTRLCN

Equipment
plan

Control Port
Subrack No.

CTRLSRN

Control Port
Slot No.

CTRLSN

These parameters specify location


information about the control port,
including the cabinet number, subrack
number, and slot number of the RRU or
RFU where the control port is located.
Set these parameters based on
connections between the TMA and the
RRU or RFU.

TMA
Subunit
Number

SUBUNITNU
M

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. Generally, the value is 2.

Equipment
plan

Vendor
Code

VENDORCO
DE

This parameter is required in a


non-regular scenario. Set this parameter
to the actual TMA manufacturer code.

Equipment
plan

Serial No.

SERIALNO

This parameter is required in a


non-regular scenario. Set this parameter
to the actual TMA serial number.

Equipment
plan

Equipment
plan
Equipment
plan

Table 8-9 describes the parameters that must be set to configure a TMA subunit.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

64

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Table 8-9 Key parameters related to the TMA subunit


Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

Device number of a TMA

Equipment
plan

Subunit No.

SUBUNITNO

Number of a TMA subunit

Equipment
plan

Connect
Port Cabinet
No.

CONNCN

Set these parameters based on


connections between the TMA and the
RF port on the RRU or RFU.

Equipment
plan

Connect
Port
Subrack No.

CONNSRN

Equipment
plan

Connect
Port Slot
No.

CONNSN

Equipment
plan

Connect
Port No.

CONNPN

Equipment
plan

Mode

MODE

Gain

GAIN

The TMA subunit supports two working


modes, normal mode and bypass modes:

In normal mode, the TMA subunit


functions and the TMA amplifies
uplink signals.

In bypass mode, the TMA subunit


works as a straight-through feeder. It
does not amplify uplink signals. The
default value is NORMAL.

Set this parameter based on the


engineering design. The gain value range
supported by the TMA varies according
to the manufacturer and model. Run the
DSP TMADEVICEDATA command to
query the value range before setting the
gain.

Engineering
design

Engineering
design

If the gain is fixed, this parameter is


optional, or you can set this parameter to
its actual gain value.

Table 8-10 describes the parameters that must be set to configure RX channel attenuation.
Table 8-10 Key parameters related to RX channel attenuation
Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

RX Channel

RXNO

RX channel number of the RRU or

Engineering

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

65

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

No.

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Setting Notes

Data Source

RFU.

design

Logical
Switch of
RX Channel

RXSW

Logical switch for the RX channel of the


RRU or RFU. The default value is ON.

Equipment
plan

Attenuation

ATTEN

If no TMA is used, set this parameter


to 0.

Engineering
design

If a 12 dB TMA is used, set this


parameter to a value within the range
from 4 dB to 11 dB.

If a 24 dB TMA is used, set this


parameter to a value within the range
from 11 dB to 22 dB.

Table 8-11 describes the parameters that could be set to configure TMA device data.
Table 8-11 Key parameters related to the TMA device data
Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

Device number of a TMA.


Set this parameter when
configuring the TMA MO.

Engineering design

Subunit No.

SUBUNITNO

RET subunit number. Set


this parameter when
configuring the
TMASUBUNIT MO.

Engineering design

Connect
Antenna Model
Number

MODELNO

Antenna model. This


parameter is part of the
device data defined by
AISG protocols. For details,
see 3GPP 25.446 or AISG
v2.0.

Equipment plan

Serial No.

SERIALNO

Equipment serial number of


an antenna. This parameter
is part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP
25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Band1

BAND1

Equipment plan

Beamwidth1

BEAMWIDTH1

Gain1

GAIN1

Band2

BAND2

Frequency band supported


by an antenna and the
corresponding beam width.
These parameters are part
of device data defined in
AISG protocols. For details,

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Equipment plan
Equipment plan
Equipment plan

66

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Beamwidth2

BEAMWIDTH2

see 3GPP 25.446 or AISG


v2.0.

Equipment plan

Gain2

GAIN2

Equipment plan

Band3

BAND3

Equipment plan

Beamwidth3

BEAMWIDTH3

Equipment plan

Gain3

GAIN3

Equipment plan

Band4

BAND4

Equipment plan

Beamwidth4

BEAMWIDTH4

Equipment plan

Gain4

GAIN4

Equipment plan

Installation Date

DATE

Date on which an antenna is


to be installed. This
parameter is part of the
device data defined by
AISG protocols. For details,
see 3GPP 25.446 or AISG
v2.0.

Equipment plan

Installer's ID

INSTALLERID

ID of an antenna
installation person. This
parameter is part of the
device data defined by
AISG protocols. For details,
see 3GPP 25.446 or AISG
v2.0.

Equipment plan

Base Station ID

BSID

ID of a base station served


by an antenna. This
parameter is part of the
device data defined by
AISG protocols. For details,
see 3GPP 25.446 or AISG
v2.0.

Equipment plan

Sector ID

SECTORID

ID of a sector served by an
antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP
25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Antenna
Bearing

BEARING

Azimuth of an antenna.
This parameter is part of the
device data defined by
AISG protocols. For details,
see 3GPP 25.446 or AISG
v2.0.

Equipment plan

Installed

TILT

Mechanical tilt of an

Equipment plan

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

67

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parameter
Name

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter ID

Mechanical Tilt

Setting Notes

Data Source

antenna. This parameter is


part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP
25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Scenario 4: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT (with a


TMA)
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-3, Table 8-4, Table 8-5, and Table
8-6.
For parameters that must be set to configure a RETPORT in this scenario, see Table 8-2.
For parameters that must be set to configure a TMA, TMA subunit, RX channel attenuation,
and TMA device data in this scenario, see Table 8-8, Table 8-9, Table 8-10, and Table 8-11.

Scenario 5: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


an SASU)
In this scenario, all parameters can be set only on the NodeB side.
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-3, Table 8-4, Table 8-5, and Table
8-6.
For parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT in this scenario, see Table
8-7.
Table 8-12 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an SASU.
Table 8-12 Key parameters related to the SASU
Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

The device number of each ALD in a


base station must be unique. Note that
the DEVICENO parameter value of the
RET antenna must differ from that of the
SASU.

Equipment
plan

Device
Name

DEVICENAM
E

This parameter identifies an RET


antenna. The format of the value is
site_sector+port+device type_network
type. For details, see the device
name-related parameter descriptions.
This parameter is optional. If this
parameter is specified, the device name
of each ALD must be unique.

Engineering
design

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

68

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Control Port
Cabinet No.

CTRLCN

Equipment
plan

Control Port
Subrack No.

CTRLSRN

Control Port
Slot No.

CTRLSN

These parameters specify location


information about the control port,
including the cabinet number, subrack
number, and slot number of the RRU or
RFU where the control port is located.
Set these parameters based on
connections between the SASU and the
RRU or RFU.

DC Switch

DCSWITCH

If the SASU is directly connected to


the RET antenna, set this parameter
to OFF.

Equipment
plan

If the SASU is connected to the RET


antenna through a TMA, set this
parameter to BS or UMTS.

Equipment
plan
Equipment
plan

Vendor
Code

VENDORCO
DE

Set this parameter based on the actual


SASU manufacturer code.

Equipment
plan

Serial No.

SERIALNO

Set this parameter based on the actual


SASU serial number.

Equipment
plan

Table 8-13 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an SASU subunit.
Table 8-13 Key parameters related to the SASU subunit
Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

Device number of an SASU

Equipment
plan

Subunit No.

SUBUNITNO

Number of an SASU subunit

Equipment
plan

Connect
Port Cabinet
No.

CONNCN

Set these parameters based on


connections between the SASU subunits
and the RF ports on the RRU or RFU.

Equipment
plan

Connect
Port Subrack
No.

CONNSRN

Equipment
plan

Connect
Port Slot
No.

CONNSN

Equipment
plan

Connect
Port No.

CONNPN

Equipment
plan

Mode

MODE

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

The SASU subunit supports two


working modes, normal mode and

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Engineering
design

69

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Setting Notes

Data Source

bypass modes:

In normal mode, the SASU amplifies


uplink signals.

In bypass mode, the SASU subunit


works as a straight-through feeder. It
does not amplify uplink signals.
The default value is NORMAL.

GSM Gain

BSGAIN

Set this parameter based on the


engineering design. The value range of
SASU gain varies according to the
manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
SASUDEVICEDATA command to
query the value range before setting the
gain.

Engineering
design

UMTS Gain

UMTSGAIN

Set this parameter based on the


engineering design. The value range of
SASU gain varies according to the
manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
SASUDEVICEDATA command to
query the value range before setting the
gain.

Engineering
design

DC Load

DCLOAD

Set this parameter only if the


DCSWITCH parameter is set to UMTS.
If the SASU is connected to the RET
antenna through a TMA, this parameter
must be specified so that the TMA can
be acknowledged by the BTS.

Engineering
design

Scenario 6: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


an SASU and a TMA)
In this scenario, all parameters can be set only on the NodeB side.
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-3, Table 8-4, Table 8-5, and Table
8-6.
For parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT in this scenario, see Table
8-7.
For parameters that must be set to configure a TMA, TMA subunit, RX channel attenuation,
and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-8, Table 8-9, Table 8-10, and Table 8-11.
For parameters that must be set to configure an SASU and SASU subunit in this scenario, see
Table 8-12 and Table 8-13.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

70

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Scenario 7: Connection to the AAS Module with Passive Antennas (AAMU)


In this scenario, the RET function on an AAS module is controlled by the AAMU configured
in the AAS module. For parameters that must be set to configure the RET device data on an
AAS module with passive antennas, see Table 8-6.
Table 8-14 describes the parameters that must be set to configure the RET function on an AAS
module with passive antennas.
Table 8-14 Key parameters related to the RET function on an AAS module with passive antennas
Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

The ALD device number must be unique


in a base station. Note that the
DEVICENO parameter value of the
RET antenna must differ from that of the
TMA.

Equipment
plan

Device
Name

DEVICENAM
E

This parameter identifies an RET


antenna. The format of the parameter
value is site_sector+port+device
type_network type. This parameter is
optional. If this parameter is specified,
the device name of each ALD must be
unique.

Engineering
design

Connect Port
Cabinet No.

CTRLCN

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
Subrack No.

CTRLSRN

These parameters specify the numbers of


the cabinet, subrack, and slot,
respectively, where an AAS module is
located.

Connect Port
Slot No.

CTRLSN

RET Type

RETTYPE

RET Subunit
Number

SUBUNITNU
M

Equipment
plan
Set this parameter as follows:

Set this parameter to MULTI_RET


if the AAU3901 is used

Set this parameter to SINGLE_RET


if an AAS module other than the
AAU3901is used.

Set this parameter only when the


RETTYPE parameter is set to
MULTI_RET:

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Equipment
plan

Equipment
plan

Equipment
plan

If the AAU3901 is used, set this


parameter to the number of the RET
subunit with the largest number to be
used. For example, when only RRUs
or RFUs connect to an AAU3901, the
1710-2170 (-) and 1710-2170 (+)
ports are used. However, the two
ports are managed by RET subunit 2.
In this case, this parameter must be

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

71

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Setting Notes

Data Source

set to 2.

If an AAS module other than the


AAU3901 is used, set this parameter
to 1.

Polarization
Type

POLARTYPE

Set this parameter based on the AAS


module specifications.

Equipment
plan

Antenna
Scenario

SCENARIO

Set this parameter as follows:

Equipment
plan

Vendor
Code

VENDORCOD
E

Set this parameter to REGULAR if


the AAU3901 is used, s.

Set this parameter to


DAISY_CHAIN if an AAS module
other than the AAU3901is used. The
DAISY_CHAIN value is
recommended even when you need to
use only one set of antennas for the
RET function. In this case, specify
the VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters because the
antennas in the AAS module are
working in daisy chain mode.

This parameter is mandatory in daisy


chain scenarios.

Equipment
plan

Set this parameter to HW.


Equipment
Serial No.

SERIALNO

This parameter is mandatory in daisy


chain scenarios.

Equipment
plan

Set this parameter according to the


antenna serial number.

Table 8-15 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RET subunit on an AAS
module with passive antennas.
Table 8-15 Key parameters related to the RET subunit on an AAS module with passive antennas
Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

Device number of an RET antenna

Equipment
plan

Subunit No.

SUBUNITNO

This parameter specifies the RET


subunit number, which starts from 1.

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
1 Cabinet
No.

CONNCN1

Set these parameters based on the


connections between the AAS module
and the RF ports on the RRU or RFU.

Equipment
plan

Connect Port

CONNSRN1

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Equipment

72

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Setting Notes

1 Subrack
No.

Data Source
plan

Connect Port
1 Slot No.

CONNSN1

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
1 Port No.

CONNPN1

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
2 Cabinet
No.

CONNCN2

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
2 Subrack
No.

CONNSRN2

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
2 Slot No.

CONNSN2

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
2 Port No.

CONNPN2

Equipment
plan

Tilt

TILT

Set this parameter based on the


engineering design.

Engineering
design

Table 8-16 describes the parameter that must be set to configure an RET antenna downtilt on
an AAS module with passive antennas.
Table 8-16 Key parameter related to the RET antenna downtilt on an AAS module with passive
antennas
Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Tilt

TILT

Set this parameter based on the


engineering design.

Engineering
design

Scenario 8: Connection to the AAS Module with Passive Antennas (Active


Module)
In this scenario, the RET function on an AAS module is controlled by an RETPORT on the
active module on the AAS module. Table 8-2 describes the key parameters related to the
RETPORT.
Table 8-14 describes the parameters that must be set to configure the RET function on an AAS
module with passive antennas.
Table 8-15 describes the key parameters related to the RET subunit on an AAS module with
passive antennas.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

73

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Table 8-16 describes the key parameters related to the RET antenna downtilt on an AAS
module with passive antennas.
Table 8-6 describes the key parameters related to the RET device data on an AAS module
with passive antennas.

8.4.3 Precautions
This section describes precautions of configuring ALD data, running a command for scanning
ALDs, setting the current alarm threshold type for ALD data.

Pay attention to the following restrictions when configuring ALD data:

The RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT switches on one RRU cannot be turned on


simultaneously.

ALD scanning, calibration, downtilt setting, software download, and configuration


file download cannot be performed simultaneously on ALDs.

The common TMA does not support the AISG protocol. To configure a common
TMA for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command on
the NodeB or eNodeB LMT to turn on the power switch and set current alarm
thresholds. (For data preparation details, see Table 8-7.) Then, run the MOD
RXBRANCH command to configure the RX channel attenuation based on the
engineering design. (For data preparation details, see Table 8-10.)

The AISG1.1-based twin TMAs consist of two internal TMAs and perform the same
functions as the two subunits of an AISG2.0-based TMA. The AISG1.1-based twin
TMAs can be configured as two devices, each configured with one subunit. In this
case, batch loading of the TMA software may fail on one of the devices. The
AISG1.1-based twin TMAs can also be configured as one device, which is configured
with two subunits. In this case, the serial number cannot be configured for the TMA.
Otherwise, only one subunit is operational. When an RRU with four ports is
connected to multiple TMAs, the twin TMAs must be configured as two devices and
each configured with one subunit if the AISG1.1-based twin TMAs are used.

ALDs are automatically scanned when an RET antenna or TMA is added.

ALDs are automatically scanned after an RRU or RFU is reset.

Pay attention to the following restrictions when scanning ALDs:

ALDs are scanned based on control link connections. The scanned result shows the
ALDs physically connected to the base station, which is not affected by ALD data
configuration.

ALDs cannot be scanned if ALD control links are faulty.

After subunits are added to an AISG1.1-based TMA, all TMA subunits start to work
only after you run the SCN ALD command.

Use the values shown in Table 8-17 and Table 8-18 to set the current alarm threshold
type for the control port.

Table 8-17 Reference values for current alarm thresholds (ANTENNAPORT)


Reference
Value

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Description

Undercur
rent
Alarm
Occur
Threshol
d (mA)

Undercur
rent
Alarm
Clear
Threshol
d (mA)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Overcur
rent
Alarm
Occur
Thresho
ld (mA)

Overcur
rent
Alarm
Clear
Thresho
ld (mA)

74

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Reference
Value

Description

Undercur
rent
Alarm
Occur
Threshol
d (mA)

Undercur
rent
Alarm
Clear
Threshol
d (mA)

Overcur
rent
Alarm
Occur
Thresho
ld (mA)

Overcur
rent
Alarm
Clear
Thresho
ld (mA)

TMA12DB_ONL
Y_NON_AISG

For 12 dB TMA
only

30

40

170

150

TMA24DB_ONL
Y_NON_AISG

For 24 dB TMA
only

40

60

310

280

RET_ONLY_CO
AXIAL

For RET antenna


only (coaxial
cable)

25

33

150

120

TMA12DB_AISG

For 12 dB
TMA+RET
antenna or 12 dB
TMA only (AISG)

30

40

450

400

TMA24DB_AISG

For 24 dB
TMA+RET
antenna or 24 dB
TMA only (AISG)

40

60

850

750

UER_SELF_DEF
INE

User-defined

For details, see the description below.

Table 8-18 Reference values of current alarm thresholds (RETPORT)


Reference
Value

Description

Undercur
rent
Alarm
Occur
Threshol
d (mA)

Undercur
rent
Alarm
Clear
Threshol
d (mA)

Overcur
rent
Alarm
Occur
Thresho
ld (mA)

Overcur
rent
Alarm
Clear
Thresho
ld (mA)

RET_ONLY_MU
LTICORE

For RET antenna


only (multi-wire
cable)

10

15

150

120

UER_SELF_DEF
INE

User- defined

For details, see the description below.

Set the THRESHOLDTYPE parameter to UER_SELF_DEFINE in any of the


following scenarios:

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

RET antennas are connected in a non-regular scenario.

A smart TMA is used as a common TMA.

The configured ALD model is not recommended by Huawei.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

75

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

An SASU is used.

When the THRESHOLDTYPE parameter is set to UER_SELF_DEFINE, set current


alarm thresholds based on the actual ALD type. Pay attention to the following
restrictions:

User-defined current alarm thresholds must meet the requirements: UOTHD <
UCTHD < OCTHD < OOTHD.

Generally, the UOTHD parameter is set to 20% to 30% of the device rated operating
current, and the UCTHD parameter is set to about 20 mA greater than the UOTHD
parameter. The OOTHD parameter is set to 150% to 200% of the device rated
operating current, and the OCTHD parameter is set to about 50 mA less than the
OOTHD parameter.

If RET antennas are connected in a non-regular scenario, the UOTHD parameter is


set to 20% to 30% of the total rated current of all ALDs controlled by the RRU. The
OOTHD parameter is set to 150% to 200% of the total rated current of all ALDs
controlled by the RRU.

If the configured ALD model is not recommended by Huawei, the UOTHD


parameter is set to 20% to 30% of the total rated current of all ALDs controlled by the
RRU. The OOTHD parameter is set to 150% to 200% of the total rated current of all
ALDs controlled by the RRU.

When a base station uses an AAS module with passive antennas and the RCU integrated
in the AAS module is controlled by the RRU or RFU connecting to the AAS module, set
the THRESHOLDTYPE parameter as follows:

If the control port is an RETPORT on the RRU or RFU, set this parameter to a value
corresponding to RET_ONLY_MULTICORE.

If the control port is an ANTENNAPORT on the RRU or RFU, set this parameter to a
value corresponding to RET_ONLY_COAXIAL.

8.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI


Configuring ALD data for a Single Base Station

eGBTS
Configure ALDs using the data prepared in section 8.4.2 Data Preparation. For details,
see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the following
sequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating Base
Stations > Creating Co-MPT Base Stations > Creating a Single Co-MPT Base Station >
Configuring Device Data > Configuring ALDs > Procedure.

NodeB
Configure ALDs using the data prepared in section 8.4.2 Data Preparation. For details,
see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the following
sequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating Base
Stations > Creating NodeBs > Creating a Single NodeB > Configuring NodeB Device
Data > Configuring ALDs > Procedure.

eNodeB
Configure ALDs using the data prepared in section 8.4.2 Data Preparation. For details,
see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the following
sequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating Base
Stations > Creating eNodeBs > Creating a Single eNodeB > Configuring eNodeB Device
Data > Configuring ALDs > Procedure.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

76

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Configuring ALD Data in Batches


Customize a template on a base station where ALDs have been configured, and save this
template. Prepare a summary data file by referencing the user-defined template.

eGBTSs
For details, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the
following sequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) >
Creating Base Stations > Creating Co-MPT Base Stations > Creating Co-MPT Base
Stations in Batches.

NodeBs
For details, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the
following sequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) >
Creating Base Stations > Creating NodeBs > Creating NodeBs in Batches.

eNodeBs
For details, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the
following sequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) >
Creating Base Stations > Creating eNodeBs > Creating eNodeBs in Batches.

8.4.5 Initial Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML


Commands
Scenario 1: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT
The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by the RRU through its RETPORT.
Step 1 Run the MOD RETPORT command to set parameters related to an RETPORT, including the
power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-2.
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
8-3.
Step 4 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 5 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see
Table 8-4.
Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see Table
8-5.
The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-6.
----End

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

77

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Scenario 2: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT


The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its ANTENNAPORT.
Step 1 Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to set parameters related to an
ANTENNAPORT, including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-7.
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
8-3.
Step 4 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 5 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see
Table 8-4.
Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see Table
8-5.
The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-6.
----End

Scenario 3: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


a TMA)
Step 1 Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to set parameters related to an
ANTENNAPORT, including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-7.
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD TMA command to add a TMA and set related parameters, see Table 8-8.
Step 4 Run the MOD TMASUBUNIT command to set parameters related to a TMA subunit, see
Table 8-9.
The value range of TMA gain varies according to the manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
TMADEVICEDATA command to query the value range before setting the gain.

Step 5 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
8-3.
Step 6 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 7 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see
Table 8-4.
Step 8 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see Table
8-5.
The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

78

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Step 9 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-6.
Step 10 (Optional) Run the MOD RXBRANCH command to configure RX channel attenuation, see
Table 8-10.
Step 11 (Optional) Run the MOD TMADEVICEDATA command to set a TMA device data, see
Table 8-11.
----End

Scenario 4: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT (with a


TMA)
Step 1 Run the MOD RETPORT command to set parameters related to an RETPORT, including the
power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-2.
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD TMA command to add a TMA and set related parameters, see Table 8-8.
Step 4 Run the MOD TMASUBUNIT command to set parameters related to a TMA subunit, see
Table 8-9.
The value range of TMA gain varies according to the manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
TMADEVICEDATA command to query the value range before setting the gain.

Step 5 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
8-3.
Step 6 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 7 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see
Table 8-4.
Step 8 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see Table
8-5.
The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 9 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-6.
Step 10 (Optional) Run the MOD RXBRANCH command to configure RX channel attenuation, see
Table 8-10.
Step 11 (Optional) Run the MOD TMADEVICEDATA command to set a TMA device data, see
Table 8-11.
----End

Scenario 5: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


an SASU)
In this scenario, all the following commands can be executed only on the NodeB side.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

79

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Step 1 Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to set parameters related to an


ANTENNAPORT, including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-7.
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD SASU command to add an SASU and set related parameters, see Table 8-12.
Step 4 Run the MOD SASUSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an SASU subunit, see
Table 8-13.
Step 5 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
8-3.
Step 6 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 7 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see
Table 8-4.
Step 8 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see Table
8-5.
The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 9 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-6.
----End

Scenario 6: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


an SASU and a TMA)
In this scenario, all the following commands can be executed only on the NodeB side.
Step 1 Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to set parameters related to an
ANTENNAPORT, including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-7.
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs and obtain SASU information.
Step 3 Run the ADD SASU command to add an SASU and set related parameters, see Table 8-12.
Step 4 Run the MOD SASUSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an SASU subunit, see
Table 8-13.
Step 5 (Optional) Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs and obtain information about the
TMA and RET antenna. Skip this step if you have obtained the information about the TMA
and RET antenna in Step 2.
Step 6 Run the ADD TMA command to add a TMA and set related parameters, see Table 8-8.
Step 7 Run the MOD TMASUBUNIT command to set parameters related to a TMA subunit, see
Table 8-9.
The value range of TMA gain varies according to the manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
TMADEVICEDATA command to query the value range before setting the gain.

Step 8 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
8-3.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

80

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Step 9 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.


Step 10 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see
Table 8-4.
Step 11 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see Table
8-5.
The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 12 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-6.
Step 13 (Optional) Run the MOD RXBRANCH command to configure RX channel attenuation, see
Table 8-10.
Step 14 (Optional) Run the MOD TMADEVICEDATA command to set a TMA device data, see
Table 8-11.
----End

Scenario 7: Connection to the AAS Module with Passive Antennas (AAMU)


Before you set the RET function for an AAS module with passive antennas, run the ADD AAS
command to configure the AAS module.

Step 1 Run the SCN ALD command to scan an AAS module with passive antennas.
Step 2 Run the ADD RET command to add the AAS module and set the related parameters listed in
Table 8-14.
Step 3 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate the passive antennas in the AAS module.
Step 4 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set the RET subunit parameters listed in Table
8-15.
Step 5 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set the downtilt parameter listed in Table
8-16.
The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-6.
----End

Scenario 8: Connection to the AAS Module with Passive Antennas (Active


Module)
Before you set the RET function for an AAS module with passive antennas, run the ADD AAS
command to configure the AAS module.

Step 1 Run the MOD RETPORT command to configure parameters related to the power switch and
current alarm threshold on the RETPORT. For details, see Table 8-2.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

81

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan an AAS module with passive antennas.
Step 3 Run the ADD RET command to add the AAS module and set the related parameters listed in
Table 8-14.
Step 4 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate the passive antennas in the AAS module.
Step 5 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set the RET subunit parameters listed in Table
8-15.
Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set the downtilt parameter listed in Table
8-16.
Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-6.
----End

8.4.6 Commissioning
Step 1 Run the DSP ALDVER command to query the version of an ALD. If the ALD needs to be
upgraded, download the required software as follows:

If the ALD is an RET, see "RCU software download" in section 4.1.2 Operations on RET
Antennas.

If the ALD is a TMA, see "TMA software download" in section 4.2.2 Operations on the
TMA.

If the ALD is an SASU, see "SASU software download" in section 4.3.2 Operations on
the SASU.

If the ALD is an AAS, see "RCU software download" in section 4.4.2 Operations on
AAS Modules.

Step 2 If the RET or AAS has no configuration file, load its configuration file as follows:

If an RET is used, see "Configuration file loading" in section 4.1.2 Operations on RET
Antennas.

If an AAS is used, see "Configuration file loading" in section 4.4.2 Operations on AAS
Modules.

----End

8.4.7 Activation Observation


RETs/TMAs/SASUs
The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by either of the following:

The RRU or RFU that is connected to this AAS module

The active module on the AAS module

Step 1 Run the DSP RETSUBUNIT command to query the working status and downtilt of each
RET subunit. If an RET subunit works properly, Online Status is AVAILABLE in the
command output.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

82

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Step 2 Run the DSP RET command to query dynamic information about the RET antenna.
Step 3 If a TMA is used, run the DSP TMA command to query TMA dynamic information.
Step 4 If a TMA is used, run the DSP TMASUBUNIT command to query dynamic information
about TMA subunits.
Step 5 If an SASU is used, run the DSP SASU command to query the SASU dynamic information.
This step applies to NodeBs only.
Step 6 If an SASU is used, run the DSP SASU command to query the dynamic information about
SASU subunits. This step applies to NodeBs only.
----End

AAS Modules with Passive Antennas


In this scenario, the RET function on an AAS module is controlled by the AAMU configured
in the AAS module.
Step 1 Run the DSP RETSUBUNIT command to query the working status and downtilt of each
RET subunit. When an RET subunit is working properly, Online Status is AVAILABLE in
the command output.
Step 2 Run the DSP RET command to query dynamic information about the AAS module.
----End

8.4.8 Deactivation
RETs/TMAs/SASUs
The following descriptions also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by either of the following:

The RRU or RFU that is connected to this AAS module

The active module on the AAS module

If an ALD is no longer used, run the following commands to remove the ALD data:

RMV RET: to remove an RET antenna. The subunits and device data are removed at the
same time.

RMV TMA: to remove a TMA. The subunits and device data are removed at the same
time.

RMV SASU: to remove an SASU. The subunits and device data are removed at the
same time. This command applies only to NodeBs.

Then power off the ALD and set the corresponding attenuation factor to the default value.

AAS Modules with Passive Antennas


If an AAS module with passive antennas is no longer used, run the RMV RET command to
remove the data records of the RET MO, including the settings of all RET subunits under the
MO and device properties.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

83

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

8.4.9 Reconfiguration
RETs/TMAs/SASUs
The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by either of the following:

The RRU or RFU that is connected to this AAS module

The active module on the AAS module

When ALD data needs to be reconfigured, collect information about the parameters to be
modified based on connections between the RRU/RFU and the RET antenna. For details, see
section 8.4.2 Data Preparation.
Follow these steps to reconfigure ALD data:
Step 1 Run the MOD RETPORT command to modify parameters related to an RETPORT.
Step 2 Run the MOD RET command to modify parameters related to an RET antenna.
Step 3 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to modify parameters related to an RET subunit.
Step 4 Run the MOD RETTILT command to adjust an RET antenna downtilt.
The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 5 Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to adjust an RET device data.
Step 6 Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to modify parameters related to an
ANTENNAPORT.
Step 7 Run the MOD TMA command to modify parameters related to a TMA.
Step 8 Run the MOD TMASUBUNIT command to modify parameters related to a TMA subunit.
Step 9 Run the MOD RXBRANCH command to adjust RX channel attenuation.
Step 10 Run the MOD TMADEVICEDATA command to adjust a TMA device data.
Step 11 Run the MOD SASU command to modify parameters related to an SASU. This step applies
to NodeBs only.
Step 12 Run the MOD SASUSUBUNIT command to modify parameters related to an SASU subunit.
This step applies to NodeBs only.
Before changing the power port on the RRU or RFU from an RETPORT to an ANTENNAPORT or
from an ANTENNAPORT to an RETPORT, set the PWRSWITCH parameter that has been set to ON to
OFF for the reconfiguration. This is necessary because the ANTENNAPORT and RETPORT switches
on one RRU cannot be turned on simultaneously.

----End

AAS Modules with Passive Antennas


In this scenario, the RET function on an AAS module is controlled by the AAMU configured
in the AAS module.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

84

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Step 1 Run the MOD RET command to modify settings of the RET function parameters on an AAS
module with passive antennas.
Step 2 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to modify the RET subunit parameter settings.
Step 3 Run the MOD RETTILT command to adjust the downtilt settings of the AAS module.
The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.

Step 4 Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to adjust an RET device data on an AAS
module with passive antennas.
----End

8.5 Performance Monitoring


N/A

8.6 Parameter Optimization


N/A

8.7 Troubleshooting
Table 8-19 lists the alarms related to ALDs. If an alarm is reported, clear the alarm with
recommended actions in the alarm reference for the base station.
Table 8-19 Alarms related to ALDs
Alarm ID

Alarm Name

26753

RET Antenna Not Calibrated

26752

ALD Hardware Fault

26530

RF Unit ALD Current Out of Range

26531

RF Unit ALD Switch Configuration Mismatch

26751

RET Antenna Motor Fault

26754

RET Antenna Data Loss

26755

TMA Bypass

26758

TMA Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26757

RET Antenna Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26541

ALD Maintenance Link Failure

26272

Inter-System RF Unit Parameter Settings Conflict

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

85

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Alarm ID

Alarm Name

26756

SASU VSWR Threshold Crossed

26759

SASU Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26760

SASU Bypass

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

86

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual


Deployment on GBTS Side)

9.1 When to Use ALD Management


It is recommended that ALD management be used when ALDs have been installed and the
ALDs comply with the AISG protocol. The AISG protocol has two versions, AISG v1.1 and
AISG v2.0, both supported in SRAN8.0 and later.

9.2 Required Information


N/A

9.3 Planning
N/A

9.4 Deployment
9.4.1 Requirements
N/A

9.4.2 Data Preparation


Introduction
This section includes only key parameters, not parameters in all scenarios.
Data sources of key parameters include the following:

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Radio network planning (internal planning): The parameter value comes from the radio
network plan, facilitating resource management on the current NE.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

87

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Radio network planning (negotiated with the peer): The parameter value comes from the
radio network plan. The NE negotiates this value with the peer device to ensure
successful interworking.

Transport network planning (internal planning): The parameter value comes from the
transport network plan, facilitating resource management on the current NE.

Transport network planning (negotiated with the peer): The parameter value comes from
the transport network plan. The NE negotiates this value with the peer device to ensure
successful interworking.

Equipment planning: The parameter value comes from the equipment plan.

Engineering design: The parameter value comes from the algorithm or function design.

Default/recommended value: The parameter uses the default or recommended value, and
the recommended value is preferential. The default or recommended value can be used in
most scenarios and adjusted for a specific scenario.

N/A: The parameter value is not required.

ALD data configuration varies according to scenarios. Different scenarios vary when control
signals are sent to an RET antenna through different RRU or RFU ports and when a TMA is
used.
The scenarios are as follows:

Scenario 1: connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT

Scenario 2: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT

Scenario 3: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)

Scenario 4: connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT (with a TMA)

Scenario 5: connection to the RET antenna through the GATM

Generic Data
For details about generic data, see section Generic Data.

Scenario 1: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT


The following descriptions also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module with passive antennas is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its RETPORT. In this
scenario, the AAS module functions as the conventional RET antennas. Therefore, the
configuration can be performed in the same way as that for conventional RET antennas.
Table 9-1 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RETPORT.
Table 9-1 Key parameters related to the RETPORT
Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

RET ALD
Power
Switch

PwrSwitchRE
T

Set this parameter to ON when an RET


antenna is used. The default value is
OFF.

Equipment
plan

RET ALD
Current
Alarm
Threshold

THRESHOLD
TYPERET

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions.

Engineering
design

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

88

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parameter
Name

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

RET ALD
Under
Current
Occur
Threshold(
mA)

UnderCurAlm
ThdRET

Set these parameters only if the


THRESHOLDTYPERET parameter is
set to UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set these
parameters as required. For details, see
section 9.4.3 Precautions.

Engineering
design

RET ALD
Under
Current
Clear
Threshold(
mA)

UnderCurClrT
hdRET

Engineering
design

RET ALD
Over
Current
Occur
Threshold(
mA)

OverCurAlmT
hdRET

Engineering
design

RET ALD
Over
Current
Clear
Threshold(
mA)

OverCurClrTh
dRET

Engineering
design

Type

Table 9-2 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna.
Table 9-2 Key parameters related to the RET antenna
Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

The device number of each ALD in a


base station must be unique. Note that
the DEVICENO parameter value of the
RET antenna must differ from that of the
TMA.

Equipment
plan

Device
Name

DEVICENAM
E

This parameter identifies an RET


antenna. The format of the value is
site_sector+port+device type_network
type. For details, see the device
name-related parameter descriptions.
This parameter is optional. If this
parameter is specified, the device name
of each ALD must be unique.

Engineering
design

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

89

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Control Port
Cabinet No.

CTRLPORTC
N

Equipment
plan

Control Port
Subrack No.

CTRLPORTS
RN

Control Port
Slot No.

CTRLPORTS
N

These parameters specify location


information about the control port for an
RET antenna, including the cabinet
number, subrack number, and slot
number of the RRU or RFU where the
control port is located. Set these
parameters based on the control
relationship between the RET antenna
and the RRU or RFU.

Control Port
No.

CTRLPORTN
O

Control port number. The value ranges


from 0 to 2. Control ports 0, 1, and 2
correspond to the ports ANT_A,
ANT_B, and RETPORT, respectively.
Only one port on the RRU or RFU can
be used as the control port for the RET
antenna. In a daisy chain scenario,
multiple RCUs share one control port.

Equipment
plan

RETType

RETTYPE

Set this parameter as follows:

Equipment
plan

RET
Subunit
Number

SUBUNITNU
M

Set this parameter to SINGLE_RET


for the RET antenna with a single
RET subunit or for the AAS module
with passive antennas.

Set this parameter to MULTI_RET


for the RET antenna with multiple
RET subunits.

Number of RET subunits used by a base


station.

Equipment
plan
Equipment
plan

Equipment
plan

Set this parameter as follows:

Set this parameter if the RETTYPE


parameter is set to MULTI_RET.

Set this parameter to 1 if the base


station uses the AAS module with
passive antennas.

Polar Type

POLARTYPE

Set this parameter based on the AAS


specifications only when the base station
uses the AAS module with passive
antennas or set this parameter based on
the RET antenna specifications.

Equipment
plan

Antenna
Scenario

SCENARIO

This parameter specifies how the RET


antenna is connected to an RRU or RFU.

Equipment
plan

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Set this parameter to REGULAR if


the RET antenna is directly
connected to the RRU or RFU. In
this scenario, VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters do not need
to be specified.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

90

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Setting Notes

Data Source

Set this parameter to


DAISY_CHAIN in the following
two scenarios:
Two RET antennas are cascaded. In
this scenario, the control port for
RET antennas must be configured on
the upper-level RRU or RFU of the
daisy chain. The VENDORCODE
and SERIALNO parameters must be
specified. An AAS module with
passive antennas is used. The
DAISY_CHAIN value is
recommended for this parameter
even when you need to use only one
set of antennas for the RET function.
In this case, specify the
VENDORCODE and SERIALNO
parameters because the antennas in
the AAS module are working in
daisy chain mode.

Vendor
Code

VENDORCO
DE

Set this parameter based on the


manufacturer information, for example,
KA for a Kathrein RET antenna, AN for
an Andrew RET antenna, or HW for a
Huawei Agisson RET antenna or an
AAS module with passive antennas.

Equipment
plan

This parameter is mandatory in daisy


chain scenarios.
Serial No.

SERIALNO

Set this parameter according to the


antenna serial number.

Equipment
plan

This parameter is mandatory in daisy


chain scenarios.
If an AAS module with passive antennas
is used, run the SCN ALD command to
obtain the serial number of the AAS
module. Then set this parameter
according to the mapping between the
serial number and antenna based on the
hardware description specific to the
AAS module.

Table 9-3 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RET subunit.
Table 9-3 Key parameters related to the RET subunit
Parameter
Name

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Data Source

91

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

Device number of an RET antenna

Equipment
plan

SubUnit No.

SUBUNITNO

This parameter specifies the RET


subunit number, which starts from 1.

Equipment
plan

Connect
Port 1
Cabinet No.

CONNCN1

Equipment
plan

Connect
Port 1
Subrack No.

CONNSRN1

If no AAS module with passive antennas


is used, set these parameters based on
connections between the RET subunits
and the RF ports on the RRU or RFU.

Connect
Port 1 Slot
No.

CONNSN1

Connect
Port 1 Port
No.

CONNPN1

Equipment
plan

Connect
Port 2
Cabinet No.

CONNCN2

Equipment
plan

Connect
Port 2
Subrack No.

CONNSRN2

Equipment
plan

Connect
Port 2 Slot
No.

CONNSN2

Equipment
plan

Connect
Port 2 Port
No.

CONNPN2

Equipment
plan

Tilt
(0.1degree)

TILT

If an AAS module with passive antennas


is used, set these parameters based on
the connections between the AAS
module and RF ports on the RRU or
RFU.

Set this parameter based on the


engineering design.

Equipment
plan
Equipment
plan

Engineering
design

Table 9-4 describes the parameter that must be set to configure an RET antenna downtilt.
Table 9-4 Key parameter related to the RET antenna downtilt
Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Tilt
(0.1degree)

TILT

Set this parameter based on the


engineering design.

Engineering
design

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

92

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Table 9-5 describes the parameter that must be set to configure an RET device data.
Table 9-5 Key parameters related to the RET device data
Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

Device number of an RET


antenna. Set this parameter
when configuring the RET
MO.

Engineering design

SubUnit No.

SUBUNITNO

RET subunit number. Set


this parameter when
configuring the
RETSUBUNIT MO.

Engineering design

Antenna Model
Number

MODELNO

Antenna model. This


parameter is part of the
device data defined by
AISG protocols. For details,
see 3GPP 25.446 or AISG
v2.0.

Equipment plan

Serial No.

SERIALNO

Equipment serial number of


an antenna. This parameter
is part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP
25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Band1

BAND1

Equipment plan

BeamWidth1

BEAMWIDTH1

Gain1

GAIN1

Band2

BAND2

BeamWidth2

BEAMWIDTH2

Frequency band supported


by an antenna and the
corresponding beam width.
These parameters are part
of device data defined in
AISG protocols. For details,
see 3GPP 25.446 or AISG
v2.0.

Gain2

GAIN2

Equipment plan

Band3

BAND3

Equipment plan

BeamWidth3

BEAMWIDTH3

Equipment plan

Gain3

GAIN3

Equipment plan

Band4

BAND4

Equipment plan

BeamWidth4

BEAMWIDTH4

Equipment plan

Gain4

GAIN4

Equipment plan

Installed Date

DATE

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Date on which an antenna is


to be installed. This
parameter is part of the
device data defined by
AISG protocols. For details,

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Equipment plan
Equipment plan
Equipment plan
Equipment plan

Equipment plan

93

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Setting Notes

Data Source

see 3GPP 25.446 or AISG


v2.0.
Installer ID

INSTALLERID

ID of an antenna
installation person. This
parameter is part of the
device data defined by
AISG protocols. For details,
see 3GPP 25.446 or AISG
v2.0.

Equipment plan

Base Station ID

BSID

ID of a base station served


by an antenna. This
parameter is part of the
device data defined by
AISG protocols. For details,
see 3GPP 25.446 or AISG
v2.0.

Equipment plan

Sector ID

SECTORID

ID of a sector served by an
antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP
25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Antenna
Bearing

BEARING

Azimuth of an antenna.
This parameter is part of the
device data defined by
AISG protocols. For details,
see 3GPP 25.446 or AISG
v2.0.

Equipment plan

Installed
Mechanical Tilt

TILT

Mechanical tilt of an
antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP
25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Scenario 2: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT


The following descriptions also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module with passive antennas is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its ANTENNAPORT.
In this scenario, the AAS module functions as the conventional RET antennas. Therefore, the
configuration can be performed in the same way as that for conventional RET antennas.
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 9-2, Table 9-3, Table 9-4, and Table
9-5.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

94

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Table 9-6 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT. This
table assumes that ANT_A is a control port. When any other ANTENNAPORT is the control
port, the key parameters can be similarly configured. For example, when ANT_B is the
control port, the parameter ID PwrSwitchB is configured accordingly.
Table 9-6 Key parameters related to the ANTENNAPORT
Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

ANT_A
ALD Power
Switch

PwrSwitchA

Set this parameter to ON when an ALD


is used. The default value is OFF.

Equipment
plan

ANT_A
ALD
Current
Alarm
Threshold
Type

ChkModA

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see Table 8-17.

Engineering
design

ANT_A
ALD Over
Current
Occur
Threshold(m
A)

OverCurAlmT
hdA

Set these parameters only if the


ChkModA parameter is set to
UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set these
parameters as required. For details, see
section 9.4.3 Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT_A
ALD Over
Current
Clear
Threshold(m
A)

OverCurClrTh
dA

Engineering
design

ANT_A
ALD Under
Current
Occur
Threshold(m
A)

UnderCurAlm
ThdA

Engineering
design

ANT_A
ALD Under
Current
Clear
Threshold(m
A)

UnderCurClrT
hdA

Engineering
design

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

If this parameter is set to ON, current


alarm thresholds for this port must be
specified.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

95

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Scenario 3: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


a TMA)
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 9-2, Table 9-3, Table 9-4, and Table
9-5.
For parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT in this scenario, see Table
9-6.
Table 9-7 describes the parameters that must be set to configure a TMA.
Table 9-7 Key parameters related to the TMA
Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

The device number of each ALD in a


base station must be unique. Note that
the DEVICENO parameter value of the
RET antenna must differ from that of
the TMA.

Equipment
plan

Device
Name

DEVICENAM
E

This parameter identifies an RET


antenna. The format of the value is
site_sector+port+device type_network
type. For details, see the device
name-related parameter descriptions.
This parameter is optional. If this
parameter is specified, the device name
of each ALD must be unique.

Engineering
design

TMA Power
Supply Type

PWRSUPPLY
TYPE

Power supply type of a TMA. Set this


parameter based on the specifications
provided by the TMA manufacturer.

Equipment
plan

Control Port
Cabinet No.

CTRLPORTC
N

Equipment
plan

Control Port
Subrack No.

CTRLPORTS
RN

Control Port
Slot No.

CTRLPORTS
N

These parameters specify location


information about the control port,
including the cabinet number, subrack
number, and slot number of the RRU or
RFU where the control port is located.
Set these parameters based on control
relationship between the TMA and the
RRU or RFU.

TMA
Subunit
Number

SUBUNITNU
M

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. Generally, the value is 2.

Equipment
plan

Vendor code

VENDORCOD
E

Set this parameter to the actual TMA


manufacturer code.

Equipment
plan

Serial No.

SERIALNO

Set this parameter to the actual TMA


serial number.

Equipment
plan

Equipment
plan
Equipment
plan

Table 9-8 describes the parameters that must be set to configure a TMA subunit.
Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

96

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Table 9-8 Key parameters related to the TMA subunit


Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

Device number of a TMA

Equipment
plan

SubUnit No.

SUBUNITNO

Number of a TMA subunit

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
Cabinet No.

CONNCN

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
Subrack No.

CONNSRN

Set these parameters based on


connections between the TMA and the
RF port on the RRU or RFU.

Connect Port
Slot No.

CONNSN

Equipment
plan

Connect Port
Port No.

CONNPN

Equipment
plan

Mode

MODE

Gain
(0.25db)

GAIN

The TMA subunit supports two working


modes, normal mode and bypass modes:

In normal mode, the TMA subunit


functions and the TMA amplifies
uplink signals.

In bypass mode, the TMA subunit


works as a straight-through feeder. It
does not amplify uplink signals. The
default value is NORMAL.

Set this parameter based on the


engineering design. The gain value
range supported by the TMA varies
according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP
BTSTMADEVICEDATA command to
query the value range before setting the
gain. If the gain is fixed, this parameter
is optional, or you can set this parameter
to its actual gain value.

Equipment
plan

Equipment
plan

Engineering
design

Table 9-9 describes the parameters that must be set to configure RX channel attenuation.
Table 9-9 Key parameters related to RX channel attenuation
Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Antenna
Tributary 1
Flag

HAVETT1

This parameter specifies whether a TMA


is connected to RF port ANT_A. If a
TMA is connected, set this parameter to
YES.

Equipment
plan

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

97

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Antenna
Tributary 1
Factor

ATTENFACT
OR1

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions after the TMA is installed.
This parameter can be set only if the
RXUTYPE parameter is set to DRRU or
DRFU.

Engineering
design

Antenna
Tributary 1
Factor

MRRUATTEN
FACTOR1

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions after the TMA is installed.
This parameter can be set only if the
RXUTYPE parameter is not set to
DRRU or DRFU.

Engineering
design

Antenna
Tributary 2
Flag

HAVETT2

This parameter specifies whether a TMA


is connected to RF port ANT_B. If a
TMA is connected, set this parameter to
YES.

Equipment
plan

Antenna
Tributary 2
Factor

ATTENFACT
OR2

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions after the TMA is installed.
This parameter can be set only if the
RXUTYPE parameter is set to DRRU or
DRFU.

Engineering
design

Antenna
Tributary 2
Factor

MRRUATTEN
FACTOR2

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions after the TMA is installed.
This parameter can be set only if the
RXUTYPE parameter is not set to
DRRU or DRFU.

Engineering
design

Antenna
Tributary 3
Flag

HAVETT3

This parameter specifies whether a TMA


is connected to RF port ANT_C. If a
TMA is connected, set this parameter to
YES.

Equipment
plan

Antenna
Tributary 3
Factor

MRRUATTEN
FACTOR3

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions after the TMA is installed.
This parameter can be set only if the
RXUTYPE parameter is set to MRRU
or GRRU.

Engineering
design

Antenna
Tributary 4
Flag

HAVETT4

This parameter specifies whether a TMA


is connected to RF port ANT_D. If a
TMA is connected, set this parameter to
YES.

Equipment
plan

Antenna
Tributary 4
Factor

MRRUATTEN
FACTOR4

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions after the TMA is installed.
This parameter can be set only if the
RXUTYPE parameter is set to MRRU
or GRRU.

Engineering
design

Table 9-10 describes the parameters that must be set to TMA device data.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

98

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Table 9-10 Key parameters related to the TMA device data


Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

Device number of a TMA.


Set this parameter when
configuring the TMA MO.

Engineering design

SubUnit No.

SUBUNITNO

TMA subunit number. Set


this parameter when
configuring the
TMASUBUNIT MO.

Engineering design

Antenna
Bearing

BEARING

Azimuth of an antenna. This


parameter is part of the
device data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Antenna Model
Number

MODELNO

Antenna model. This


parameter is part of the
device data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Base Station ID

BSID

ID of a base station served


by an antenna. This
parameter is part of the
device data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Band1

BAND1

Equipment plan

BeamWidth1

BEAMWIDTH1

Gain1

GAIN1

Band2

BAND2

Frequency band supported


by an antenna and the
corresponding beam width.
These parameters are part of
device data defined in AISG
protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.

BeamWidth2

BEAMWIDTH2

Equipment plan

Gain2

GAIN2

Equipment plan

Band3

BAND3

Equipment plan

BeamWidth3

BEAMWIDTH3

Equipment plan

Gain3

GAIN3

Equipment plan

Band4

BAND4

Equipment plan

BeamWidth4

BEAMWIDTH4

Equipment plan

Gain4

GAIN4

Equipment plan

Installed Date

DATE

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Date on which an antenna is


to be installed. This
parameter is part of the

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Equipment plan
Equipment plan
Equipment plan

Equipment plan

99

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Setting Notes

Data Source

device data defined by AISG


protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.
Installed
Mechanical Tilt

TILT

Mechanical tilt of an
antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP 25.446
or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Installer ID

INSTALLERID

ID of an antenna installation
person. This parameter is
part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP 25.446
or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Sector ID

SECTORID

ID of a sector served by an
antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP 25.446
or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Serial No.

SERIALNO

Equipment serial number of


an antenna. This parameter
is part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP 25.446
or AISG v2.0.

Equipment plan

Gain Resolution

GAINRESOLU
TION

Equipment plan

Subunit Type

SUBUNITTYP
E

Received Max
Frequency

RXMAXFQ

Received Min
Frequency

RXMINFQ

Transmit Max
Frequency

TXMAXFQ

These parameters are usually


set when a TMA is
delivered. If these
parameters have not been set
upon a TMA delivery, you
can set them according to
manuals delivered with the
TMA. This parameter is part
of the device data defined by
AISG protocols. For details,
see 3GPP 25.446 or AISG
v2.0.

Transmit Min
Frequency

TXMINFQ

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Equipment plan
Equipment plan
Equipment plan
Equipment plan
Equipment plan

100

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Scenario 4: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT (with a


TMA)
For parameters that must be set to configure an RETPORT, RET antenna, RET subunit, RET
antenna downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 9-1, Table 9-2, Table 9-3,
Table 9-4, and Table 9-5.
For parameters that must be set to configure a TMA, TMA subunit, RX channel attenuation,
and TMA device data in this scenario, see Table 9-7, Table 9-8, Table 9-9, and Table 9-10.

Scenario 5: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the GATM


Table 9-11 describes the parameters that must be set to configure a GATM.
Table 9-11 Key parameters related to the GATM
Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

ANT0 ALD
Power
Switch

AMPC0

Set this parameter to ON when ANT0 is


connected to the RET antenna. (The
default value is OFF.)

Equipment
plan

ANT0
Alarm Mode

MODE0

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. MODE1(Mode 1) is
recommended.

Engineering
design

ANT0 ALD
Over
Critical
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

MAJORALM
UP0

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT0 ALD
Over
Warning
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

MINORALMU
P0

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT0 ALD
Low Current
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ALMD0

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT1 ALD
Power
Switch

AMPC1

Set this parameter to ON when ANT1 is


connected to the RET antenna. (The
default value is OFF.)

Equipment
plan

ANT1
Alarm Mode

MODE1

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. MODE1(Mode 1) is
recommended.

Engineering
design

ANT1 ALD
Over

MAJORALM
UP1

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3

Engineering
design

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

101

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Critical
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Setting Notes

Data Source

Precautions.

ANT1 ALD
Over
Warning
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

MINORALMU
P1

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT1 ALD
Low Current
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ALMD1

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT2 ALD
Power
Switch

AMPC2

Set this parameter to ON when ANT2 is


connected to the RET antenna. (The
default value is OFF.)

Equipment
plan

ANT2
Alarm Mode

MODE2

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. MODE1(Mode 1) is
recommended.

Engineering
design

ANT2 ALD
Over
Critical
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

MAJORALM
UP2

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT2 ALD
Over
Warning
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

MINORALMU
P2

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT2 ALD
Low Current
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ALMD2

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT3 ALD
Power
Switch

AMPC3

Set this parameter to ON when ANT3 is


connected to the RET antenna. (The
default value is OFF.)

Equipment
plan

ANT3
Alarm Mode

MODE3

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. MODE1(Mode 1) is
recommended.

Engineering
design

ANT3 ALD

MAJORALM

Set this parameter based on the site

Engineering

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

102

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Over
Critical
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

UP3

conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3


Precautions.

design

ANT3 ALD
Over
Warning
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

MINORALMU
P3

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT3 ALD
Low Current
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ALMD3

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT4 ALD
Power
Switch

AMPC4

Set this parameter to ON when ANT4 is


connected to the RET antenna. (The
default value is OFF.)

Equipment
plan

ANT4
Alarm Mode

MODE4

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. MODE1(Mode 1) is
recommended.

Engineering
design

ANT4 ALD
Over
Critical
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

MAJORALM
UP4

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT4 ALD
Over
Warning
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

MINORALMU
P4

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT4 ALD
Low Current
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ALMD4

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT5 ALD
Power
Switch

AMPC5

Set this parameter to ON when ANT5 is


connected to the RET antenna. (The
default value is OFF.)

Equipment
plan

ANT5
Alarm Mode

MODE5

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. MODE1(Mode 1) is
recommended.

Engineering
design

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

103

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

ANT5 ALD
Over
Critical
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

MAJORALM
UP5

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT5 ALD
Over
Warning
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

MINORALMU
P5

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

ANT5 ALD
Low Current
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)

ALMD5

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3
Precautions.

Engineering
design

Manager
Cabinet No.

MCN

Cabinet number of the managing board.


The managing board is the GTMU or
CCU board that directly communicates
with the GATM.

Engineering
design

Manager
Subrack No.

MSRN

Subrack number of the managing board.


The managing board is the GTMU or
CCU board that directly communicates
with the GATM.

Engineering
design

Manager
Port No.

MPN

Number of the monitoring port on the


managing board that connects to the
GATM

Engineering
design

Table 9-12 describes the parameters that must be set to enable the RET function.
Table 9-12 Key parameters related to the RET function
Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Data Source

Device No.

DEVICENO

The device number of each ALD in a


base station must be unique.

Equipment
plan

For details about key parameters related to the RET antenna, RET antenna downtilt, and RET
device data, see Table 9-2, Table 9-4, and Table 9-5 in scenario 1.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

104

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

9.4.3 Precautions
Section 8.4.3 Precautions describes the common precautions for GBTS and
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB.
The common TMA does not support the AISG protocol. To configure a common TMA, you
only need to run the SET BTSRXUBP command to turn on the power switch, set current
alarm thresholds, and configure the RX channel attenuation based on the network plan. For
data preparation details for turning on the power switch and setting the current alarm
thresholds, see Table 9-6. For data preparation details for configuring the RX channel
attenuation, see Table 9-9.
After subunits are added to an AISG1.1-based TMA, all TMA subunits start to work only after
you run the STR BTSALDSCAN command.
Use the values provided in Table 8-17 and Table 8-18 to set the current alarm threshold type
for the control port. When the current alarm threshold type is user-defined, set current alarm
thresholds based on the actual ALD type. Pay attention to the following restrictions:

User-defined current alarm thresholds must meet the requirements: Under Current Occur
Threshold < Under Current Clear Threshold < Over Current Clear Threshold < Over
Current Occur Threshold.

Generally, the Under Current Occur Threshold is set to 20% to 30% of the device rated
operating current, and the Under Current Clear Threshold is set to about 20 mA greater
than the Under Current Occur Threshold. The Over Current Occur Threshold is set to
150% to 200% of the device rated operating current, and the Over Current Clear
Threshold is set to about 50 mA less than the Over Current Occur Threshold.

If RET antennas are connected in a non-regular scenario, the Under Current Occur
Threshold is set to 20% to 30% of the total rated current of all ALDs controlled by the
RRU. The Over Current Occur Threshold is set to a value that is 150% to 200% of the
total rated current of all ALDs controlled by the RRU.

If the configured ALD model is not recommended by Huawei, the Under Current Occur
Threshold is set to 20% to 30% of the total rated current of all ALDs controlled by the
RRU. The Over Current Occur Threshold is set to 150% to 200% of the total rated
current of all ALDs controlled by the RRU.

There are three user-define types for GBTSs: UER_SELF_DEFINE1,


UER_SELF_DEFINE2, and UER_SELF_DEFINE3. Generally, the value is
UER_SELF_DEFINE1.

9.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI


Configuring a Single Base Station
Configure ALDs using the data prepared in section 9.4.2 Data Preparation. For details, see
3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the following sequence:
3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating Base Stations >
Creating GBTSs > Creating a Single GBTS > Configuring GBTS Device Data > Configuring
ALDs > Procedure.
When you navigate in the document, locate the correct node based on the type of the base station
controller connected to the base station.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

105

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Configuring Base Stations in Batches


Customize a template on a base station where ALDs have been configured, and save this
template. Prepare a summary data file by referencing the user-defined template. Configure
eNodeBs in batches based on the summary data file.
For details, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the
following sequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating
Base Stations > Creating GBTSs > Creating GBTSs in Batches.
When you navigate in the document, locate the correct node based on the type of the base station
controller connected to the base station.

9.4.5 Initial Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML


Commands
Scenario 1: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT
The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its RETPORT.
Step 1 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set parameters related to an RETPORT, including the
power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 9-1.
Step 2 Run the STR BTSALDSCAN command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD BTSRET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see
Table 9-2.
Step 4 Run the CLB BTSRET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 5 Run the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit,
see Table 9-3.
Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see
Table 9-4.
The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before
setting.

Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 9-5.
----End

Scenario 2: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT


The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its ANTENNAPORT.
Step 1 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set parameters related to an ANTENNAPORT,
including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 9-6.
Step 2 Run the STR BTSALDSCAN command to scan ALDs.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

106

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Step 3 Run the ADD BTSRET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see
Table 9-2.
Step 4 Run the CLB BTSRET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 5 Run the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit,
see Table 9-3.
Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see
Table 9-4.
The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before
setting.

Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 9-5.
----End

Scenario 3: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with


a TMA)
Step 1 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set parameters related to an ANTENNAPORT,
including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 9-6.
Step 2 Run the STR BTSALDSCAN command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD BTSTMA command to add a TMA and set related parameters, see Table 9-7.
Step 4 Run the MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT command to set parameters related to a TMA subunit,
see Table 9-8.
The value range of TMA gain varies according to the manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
BTSTMADEVICEDATA command to query the value range before setting the gain.

Step 5 Run the ADD BTSRET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see
Table 9-2.
Step 6 Run the CLB BTSRET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 7 Run the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit,
see Table 9-3.
Step 8 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see
Table 9-4.
The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before
setting.

Step 9 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 9-5.
Step 10 (Optional) Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to configure RX channel attenuation, see
Table 9-9.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

107

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Step 11 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSTMADEVICEDATA command to set a TMA device data, see
Table 9-10.
----End

Scenario 4: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT (with a


TMA)
Step 1 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set parameters related to an RETPORT, including the
power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 9-1.
Step 2 Run the STR BTSALDSCAN command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD BTSTMA command to add a TMA and set related parameters, see Table 9-7.
Step 4 Run the MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT command to set parameters related to a TMA subunit,
see Table 9-8.
The value range of TMA gain varies according to the manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
BTSTMADEVICEDATA command to query the value range before setting the gain.

Step 5 Run the ADD BTSRET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see
Table 9-2.
Step 6 Run the CLB BTSRET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 7 Run the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit,
see Table 9-3.
Step 8 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see
Table 9-4.
The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before
setting.

Step 9 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 9-5.
Step 10 (Optional) Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to configure RX channel attenuation, see
Table 9-9.
Step 11 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSTMADEVICEDATA command to set a TMA device data, see
Table 9-10.
----End

Scenario 5: connection to the RET antenna through the GATM


Step 1 Run the SET BTSDATUBP command to set parameters related to a GATM, including the
power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 9-11.
Step 2 Run the SET BTSRETANTENB command to enable the RET function. For details, see
Table 9-12.
Step 3 Run the STR BTSALDSCAN command to scan ALDs.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

108

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Step 4 Run the ADD BTSRET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see
Table 9-2.
Step 5 Run the CLB BTSRET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see
Table 9-4.
The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before
setting.

Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 9-5.
----End

9.4.6 Commissioning
Step 1 Run the DSP BTSALDVER command to query the version of an ALD. If the ALD needs to
be upgraded, download the required software as follows:

If the ALD is an RET, see "RCU software download" in section 4.1.2 Operations on RET
Antennas.

If the ALD is a TMA, see "TMA software download" in section 4.2.2 Operations on the
TMA.

Step 2 If the RET has no configuration file, load its configuration file. For details, see "Configuration
file loading" in section 4.1.2 Operations on RET Antennas.
----End

9.4.7 Activation Observation


Step 1 Run the DSP BTSRETSUBUNIT command to query the working status and downtilt of each
RET subunit. If an RET subunit works properly, Online Status is AVAILABLE in the
command output.
Step 2 Run the DSP BTSRET command to query dynamic information about the RET antenna.
Step 3 If a TMA is used, run the DSP BTSTMA command to query TMA dynamic information.
Step 4 If a TMA is used, run the DSP BTSTMASUBUNIT command to query dynamic information
about TMA subunits.
----End

9.4.8 Deactivation
If an ALD is no longer used, run the following commands to remove the ALD data:

RMV BTSRET: to remove RET antenna data. The subunits and device data are
removed at the same time.

RMV BTSTMA: to remove TMA data. The subunits and device data are removed at the
same time.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

109

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

Then power off the ALD and set the corresponding attenuation factor to the default value.

9.4.9 Reconfiguration
When you need to reconfigure ALD data, collect information about the parameters to be
modified based on connections between the RRU/RFU and the RET antenna. For details, see
section 9.4.2 Data Preparation.
Step 1 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to modify parameters related to an RETPORT.
Step 2 Run the MOD BTSRET command to modify parameters related to an RET antenna.
Step 3 Run the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT command to modify parameters related to an RET
subunit.
Step 4 Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to adjust an RET antenna downtilt.
The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before
setting.

Step 5 Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to adjust an RET device data.
Step 6 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to modify parameters related to an ANTENNAPORT.
Step 7 Run the MOD BTSTMA command to modify parameters related to a TMA.
Step 8 Run the MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT command to modify parameters related to a TMA
subunit.
Step 9 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to adjust RX channel attenuation.
Before changing the power port on the RRU or RFU from an RETPORT to an ANTENNAPORT or
from an ANTENNAPORT to an RETPORT, set the PwrSwitchRET or PwrSwitchA parameter that has
been set to ON to OFF for the reconfiguration. This is necessary because the ANTENNAPORT and
RETPORT switches on one RRU cannot be turned on simultaneously.

Step 10 Run the MOD BTSTMADEVICEDATA command to adjust a TMA device data.
----End
For the scenario of connection to the RET antenna through the GATM, perform the following
steps:
Step 1 Run the SET BTSDATUBP command to modify parameters related to the port where the
GATM connects to RET antenna.
Step 2 Run the MOD BTSRET command to adjust parameters related to an RET antenna.
Step 3 Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to adjust an RET antenna downtilt.
The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before
setting.

Step 4 Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to adjust an RET device data.
----End

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

110

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on


GBTS Side)

9.5 Performance Monitoring


N/A

9.6 Parameter Optimization


N/A

9.7 Troubleshooting
Table 9-13 lists the alarms related to ALDs. If an alarm is reported, clear the alarm with
recommended actions in the alarm reference of the BSC.
Table 9-13 Alarms related to ALDs
Alarm ID

Alarm Name

26753

RET Antenna Not Calibrated

26752

ALD Hardware Fault

26530

RF Unit ALD Current Out of Range

26531

RF Unit ALD Switch Configuration Mismatch

26751

RET Antenna Motor Fault

26754

RET Antenna Data Loss

26755

TMA Bypass

26758

TMA Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26757

RET Antenna Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26541

ALD Maintenance Link Failure

26272

Inter-System RF Unit Parameter Settings Conflict

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

111

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic


Deployment)

Engineering Guidelines (ALD


Automatic Deployment)

This chapter provides engineering guidelines for ALD automatic deployment.


In this deployment mode, most initial configuration and commissioning operations are
automatically performed in batches, and only a few manual operations are required. ALD
automatic deployment reduces the manpower required for deploying an ALD, thereby greatly
improving operating efficiency.

10.1 When to Use ALD Automatic Deployment


It is recommended that ALD Automatic Deployment be used when ALDs have been installed
and the ALDs comply with AISG protocols. The AISG protocol has two versions, AISG v1.1
and AISG v2.0. Both are supported in SRAN9.0 and later.
ALD automatic deployment applies to RETs and TMAs but not SASUs or AAS modules. In
addition, ALD automatic deployment is not supported in GATM scenarios.

10.2 Required Information


N/A

10.3 Planning
RF Planning
N/A

Network Planning
N/A

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

112

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic


Deployment)

Hardware Planning
N/A

10.4 Deployment
10.4.1 Process
Figure 10-1 describes the process of ALD automatic deployment.
Figure 10-1 ALD automatic deployment

10.4.2 Requirements
License
The GSM and UMTS modes have no requirements for deploying this feature.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

113

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic


Deployment)

In the LTE system, this feature is under license control. Table 10-1 lists the license control
items for this feature.
Table 10-1 License control items for optional features of ALD management
Feature

License Control Item

LOFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt


Control

Remote Electrical Tilt Control

TDLOFD-001024 Remote Electrical


Tilt Control

Remote Electrical Tilt Control

Base Station
Base stations must have been deployed and commissioned before ALD automatic
deployment.

10.4.3 Data Preparation


Overview
In ALD automatic deployment, the system automatically performs initial configuration for
most ALD data, as described in section 10.8 Appendix: ALD Automatic Configuration
Process. Only a small amount of ALD data needs to be manually modified or added. The ALD
data that needs manual operation varies depending on the following:

Number of RET subunits

Cascading of RET antennas

Number of TMA subunits

Connections between the TMA and RRU/RFU

The related scenarios are as follows:

Scenario 1: Single-antenna RET antenna not in daisy chain mode (see Figure 4-1)

Scenario 2: AISG v2.0-based TMA connected to the RRU/RFU with two RF ports (one
TMA with two TMA subunits) (see Figure 4-10)

Scenario 3: Single-antenna RET antenna in daisy chain mode (see Figure 4-4)

Scenario 4: Multi-antenna RET antenna (see Figure 4-1)

Scenario 5: AISG v1.1-based TMA (two TMAs, each with two TMA subunits)

Scenario 6: TMA connected to two cascaded RRUs or RFUs (see Figure 4-11)

Scenario 7: TMA connected to the RRU with four RF ports (see Figure 4-12)
In scenario 7, if the RRU with four RF ports is connected to two RET antennas, the TMA and RET
antenna on the RF port ANT_A connecting to the control port for the RET antenna can be automatically
deployed, but the TMA and RET antenna on the RF port ANT_B connecting to the control port for the
RET antenna cannot be automatically deployed. For details about the data configurations, see scenario 3
in section 7.4 "Deploying ALD Management" or scenario 3 in section 8.4 "Deploying ALD
Management."

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

114

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic


Deployment)

Obtain an RET antenna configuration file from the RET antenna manufacturer in advance
because the configuration file may be required for commissioning an ALD after initial
configuration is complete.

Manually Configured Data


After ALD automatic configuration is complete, manually modify and add required ALD data,
which must be obtained and recorded locally on the base station.
1.

Common data that needs to be modified


Table 10-2 or Table 10-3 describes the parameters that need to be manually modified
after automatic configuration is complete.

Table 10-2 Common parameters that need to be manually modified (eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB)


MO

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

RETSUBUN
IT

Tilt

TILT

Check whether manual modification


is required. If yes, obtain the method
of modifying this parameter.

TMASUBU
NIT

Mode

MODE

Gain

GAIN

Check whether manual modification


is required. If yes, obtain the method
of modifying this parameter.

RXBRANC
H

Attenuation

ATTEN

Obtain the modification value for the


RX channel attenuation using the
following formula:
RXBRANCH. ATTEN =
TMASUBUNIT.GAIN Antenna
loss
where
TMASUBUNIT.MODE and
TMASUBUNIT.GAIN: Manually
modified values.

Table 10-3 Common parameters that need to be manually modified (GBTS)


MO

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

BTSRETSU
BUNIT

Tilt

TILT

Check whether manual modification


is required. If yes, obtain the method
of modifying this parameter.

BTSTMASU
BUNIT

Mode

MODE

Gain (0.25db)

GAIN

Check whether manual modification


is required. If yes, obtain the method
of modifying this parameter.

BTSRXUBP

Antenna
Tributary 1
Factor

ATTENFACTO
R1

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Obtain the modification value for the


RX channel attenuation using the
following formula:

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

115

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

MO

2.

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic


Deployment)

Parameter
Name

Parameter ID

Setting Notes

Antenna
Tributary 1
Factor

MRRUATTENF
ACTOR1

BTSRXUBP. ATTENFACTOR =
BTSTMASUBUNIT.GAIN
Antenna loss

Antenna
Tributary 2
Factor

ATTENFACTO
R2

Antenna
Tributary 2
Factor

MRRUATTENF
ACTOR2

where
BTSTMASUBUNIT.MODE and
BTSTMASUBUNIT.GAIN:
Manually modified values.

Scenario-specific data that needs to be added

Table 10-4 describes the parameters that need to be manually added in scenarios 3 through 7.
There is no need to manually add parameters in scenarios 1 and 2.
Table 10-4 Scenario-specific parameters that need to be manually added
Scenari
o Item

Scenario
Description

Configuration
Data

Setting Notes

Scenario
3

Single-anten
na RET
antenna in
daisy chain
mode

RET subunit
connection port

Add data of the connection port for the


RETSUBUNIT MO based on
connections between the RET antenna
and RF module.

Multi-antenn
a RET
antenna

RET subunit
connection port

Scenario
4

The vendor code and serial number of the


device identify an RET antenna. The
cabinet number, subrack number, and
slot number identify the RF module
where an RF port connecting to the RET
antenna is located and the port number
identifies the RF port.
Add data of the connection port for the
RETSUBUNIT MO based on
connections between the RET antenna
and RF module.
The ALD device number and subunit
number identify an RET subunit. The
cabinet number, subrack number, and
slot number identify the RF module
where an RF port connecting to the RET
antenna is located and the port number
identifies the RF port.

Scenario
5

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

AISG
v1.1-based
TMA (two
TMAs, each
with two

TMA subunit
connection port

Add data of the connection port for the


RETSUBUNIT MO based on
connections between the TMA and RF
module.
The vendor code and serial number of the

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

116

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Scenari
o Item

Scenario
Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic


Deployment)

Configuration
Data

TMA
subunits)

Scenario
6

Scenario
7

TMA
connected to
two cascaded
RRUs or
RFUs

TMA
connected to
the RRU
with four RF
ports

Setting Notes
device identify a TMA. The cabinet
number, subrack number, and slot
number identify the RF module where an
RF port connecting to the TMA is
located and the port number identifies the
RF port.

TMA subunit
connection port

Manually modify the configuration of


connection ports for the RETSUBUNIT
MO after automatic configuration is
complete. This is because automatic
configuration cannot identify RF ports
ANT_A (R0A) on the two cascaded RF
modules as TMA subunit connection
ports.

RX channel
attenuation

Manually modify attenuation on the four


RX channels of two RF modules.

TMA subunit
connection port

Manually modify the configuration of the


connection port for the RETSUBUNIT
MO after automatic configuration is
complete. This is because automatic
configuration cannot identify any of the
four RF ports on RF modules as the
TMA subunit connection port.

RX channel
attenuation

Manually modify attenuation on RX


channels of the RF modules.

RET Antenna Configuration File

Check whether the RET antenna configuration file needs to be downloaded.


Download the RET antenna configuration file in scenarios where an RCU and antenna
are delivered separately and installed onsite. There is no need to download the
configuration file in scenarios where an RCU and antenna are combined or delivered
together or where an existing RET antenna can be re-used.

Obtain the RET antenna configuration file from the RET antenna manufacturer.

After obtaining the configuration file, record RCU and antenna models of all sectors in a base
station in the site survey report and determine which configuration file to download for a
specific RET antenna based on the model information.

10.4.4 Creating an ALD Automatic Deployment Task


ALD automatic deployment must be performed on the U2000 Antenna Management System
(AMS) client. This section describes how to start the U2000 AMS client and create an ALD
automatic deployment task.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

117

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic


Deployment)

Starting the U2000 AMS Client


You can start the U2000 AMS client by entering U2000's IP address in the Internet Explorer
(IE) address bar or by using the U2000 client.
Method 1: Entering U2000's IP address in the address bar of the IE
Step 1 In the address bar of the IE, enter U2000 IP address/ams (for example, 10.141.143.253/ams)
and press Enter.
Step 2 In the displayed login window of the U2000 AMS client, input User Name, Password, and
Verification Code.
Note that the user name and password for the U2000 AMS client are the same as those for the
U2000 client.
----End
Method 2: Using the U2000 client
On the U2000 client, choose Maintenance > Antenna Management > Device Management.
The U2000 AMS client is started.

Creating a Task
An ALD automatic deployment task can be created on the ALD Auto Deployment tab page.
After the U2000 AMS client is started, click the Device Management tab. The Device
Management tab page is displayed. Then, click the ALD Auto Deployment tab, as shown in
Figure 10-2.
Figure 10-2 Clicking the ALD Auto Deployment tab

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

118

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic


Deployment)

Operators can manage and monitor ALD automatic deployment on a single NE if an ALD
automatic deployment task has been created on the U2000 AMS client.
To create an ALD automatic deployment task for an NE, you can manually select the NE or
import a deployment list that contains the NE information.
The preceding deployment list is the one that is exported through the CME described in 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration.

Method 1: Manually selecting an NE


Step 1 On the ALD Auto Deployment tab page, click Create.
Step 2 Select a target NE and click OK.
You can move one or multiple NEs from the Available NEs list to the Select NEs list by
clicking

You can move all NEs from the Available NEs list to the Select NEs list by clicking

The value of Status is Wait to be started, indicating that an ALD automatic deployment task
has been created for the selected NE.
----End
Method 2: Importing a deployment list
Step 1 On the ALD Auto Deployment tab page, click Import NE List.
Step 2 In the displayed Import dialog box, click Browse to select a deployment list and click OK.
The value of Status is Wait to be started, indicating that an ALD automatic deployment task
has been created for the selected NE.
----End

10.4.5 Initial Configuration


Initial configuration for ALD automatic deployment includes automatic configuration and
manual configuration. Manual configuration is performed after automatic configuration.

Automatic Configuration
Step 1 On the list of ALD automatic deployment tasks, select a target NE and click Start, as shown
in Figure 10-3.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

119

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic


Deployment)

Figure 10-3 Starting a task

Step 2 Wait until automatic configuration is complete. During the automatic configuration, Status is
Running.
When automatic configuration is complete, the Progress becomes 100% and the Status
changes to Wait to be acknowledged.
Step 3 Click Export in the Report column to download an ALD automatic configuration report.
Step 4 Check the configuration process and results in the ALD automatic configuration report.
----End

Do not stop an ongoing ALD automatic configuration task. You can perform other operations
only after the automatic configuration is complete.

Manual Configuration (eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB)


You are advised to use the batch configuration function on the CME to manually configure
ALD data for base stations of the same type to improve configuration efficiency. The related
operations are as follows:
Step 1 Export ALD data of multiple base stations using the CME.
For details about how to use the CME to export data of multiple base stations, see CME
Product Documentation. You can check the related operations for an eGBTS, NodeB, or
eNodeB by choosing different modes. For example, for an eGBTS, choose Managing the

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

120

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic


Deployment)

CME > CME Guidelines > GSM Application Management > Base Satiation Related
Operations > Importing and Exporting eGBTS Data for Batch Configuration in CME
Product Documentation.
The ALD-related MOCs that need to be exported include ANTENNAPORT, RETPORT,
RXBRANCH, RET, RETSUBUNIT, TMA, and TMASUBUNIT.
Step 2 Modify the exported ALD data.
Export the ALD data of multiple base stations to XLS files using the CME, modify the data
for a specific scenario as described in section 9.4.3 "Data Preparation."
Step 3 Import the ALD data of multiple base stations using the CME.
For details about how to use the CME to import data of multiple base stations, see CME
Product Documentation. You can check the related operations for an eGBTS, NodeB, or
eNodeB by choosing different modes. For example, for an eGBTS, choose Managing the
CME > CME Guidelines > GSM Application Management > Base Satiation Related
Operations > Importing and Exporting eGBTS Data for Batch Configuration in CME
Product Documentation.
----End

Manual Configuration (GBTS)


You can run MML commands to manually configure ALD data for a GBTS.
Table 10-5 describes the MML commands used to manually modify common ALD data.
Table 10-5 MML commands used to manually modify common ALD data
MO

Paramet
er Name

Parameter ID

MML Command

BTSRETSUB
UNIT

Tilt

TILT

MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT

BTSTMASUB
UNIT

Mode

MODE

MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT

BTSTMASUB
UNIT

Gain
(0.25db)

GAIN

MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT

BTSRXUBP

Antenna
Tributary
1 Factor

ATTENFACTOR1

SET BTSRXUBP

Antenna
Tributary
1 Factor

MRRUATTENFACTOR1

Antenna
Tributary
2 Factor

ATTENFACTOR2

Antenna
Tributary
2 Factor

MRRUATTENFACTOR2

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

121

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic


Deployment)

Table 10-6 describes the MML commands used to manually modify scenario-specific ALD
data.
Table 10-6 MML commands used to manually modify scenario-specific ALD data
Scenario
Item

Scenario
Description

Configuration Data

MML Command

Scenario 3

Single-antenn
a RET
antenna in
daisy chain
mode

Connection port for the


BTSRETSUBUNIT MO

MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT

Scenario 4

Multi-antenna
RET antenna

Connection port for the


BTSRETSUBUNIT MO

MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT

Scenario 6

TMA
connected to
two cascaded
RRUs or
RFUs

Connection port for the


BTSTMASUBUNIT MO

MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT

RX channel attenuation

SET BTSRXUBP

TMA
connected to
the RRU with
four RF ports

Connection port for the


BTSTMASUBUNIT MO

MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT

RX channel attenuation

SET BTSRXUBP

Scenario 7

10.4.6 Commissioning an ALD


Downloading the RET Antenna Configuration File
To download RET antenna configuration files in batches, perform the following steps on the
U2000 AMS client:
Step 1 On the U2000 AMS client, click the Configuration tab.
Step 2 Select an NE and then an RET subunit on the displayed RET Subunit tab page. Multiple NEs
of the same version can be selected and multiple RET subunits can be selected for the same
NE.
Step 3 Choose Transfer GFG File > From OSS Client to OSS Server to upload the target RET
antenna configuration files from your local client to the U2000 server.
Step 4 On the RET Subunit tab page, click Export Configuration Template to export the template
for downloading configuration files for the RET antenna in batches.
Step 5 Input the configuration file name and tilt for each RET subunit in the exported template. If the
tilt is not specified for an RET subunit, the original tilt remains unchanged.
Step 6 Click Import Configuration Template to import the template for downloading configuration
files for the RET antenna in batches. The system automatically downloads configuration files
for the RET antenna, calibrates the RET antenna, and sets the downtilt.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

122

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic


Deployment)

Step 7 Click Export Configuration Report to export the report of downloading configuration files
for the RET antenna in batches.
Step 8 Check the process and results in the report of downloading configuration files for the RET
antenna in batches.
----End

10.4.7 Activation Observation


eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB
Step 1 Run the DSP RETSUBUNIT command to query the working status and downtilt of each
RET subunit. If Online Status is AVAILABLE in the command output, the RET subunit
works properly.
Step 2 Run the DSP RET command to query dynamic information about the RET antenna. If the
values of the actual vendor code and serial number for the device, and actual number of RET
subunits are available, the RET antenna is started properly.
Step 3 If a TMA is used, run the DSP TMA command to query dynamic information about the TMA.
If the values of the actual vendor code and serial number for the device, and actual number of
TMA subunits are available, the TMA is started properly.
Step 4 If a TMA is used, run the DSP TMASUBUNIT command to query the working status of
TMA subunits. If Online Status is AVAILABLE in the command output, the TMA subunit
works properly.
----End

GBTS
Step 1 Run the DSP RETSUBUNIT command to query the working status and downtilt of each
RET subunit. If Online Status is AVAILABLE in the command output, the RET subunit
works properly.
Step 2 Run the DSP BTSRET command to query dynamic information about the RET antenna. If
the values of the actual vendor code and serial number for the device, and actual number of
RET subunits are available, the RET antenna is started properly.
Step 3 If a TMA is used, run the DSP BTSTMA command to query dynamic information about the
TMA. If the values of the actual vendor code and serial number for the device, and actual
number of TMA subunits are available, the TMA is started properly.
Step 4 If a TMA is used, run the DSP BTSTMASUBUNIT command to query the working status of
TMA subunits. If Online Status is AVAILABLE in the command output, the TMA subunit
works properly.
----End

10.4.8 Checking that ALD Automatic Deployment Is Complete


After an ALD automatic deployment task is complete for an NE, you need to check that ALD
automatic deployment is complete on the ALD Auto Deployment tab page of the U2000
AMS client.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

123

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic


Deployment)

On the list of ALD automatic deployment tasks, select an NE whose Status is Wait to be
acknowledged and click Acknowledge.
The value of Status for the NE changes to Completed.

10.4.9 Deactivation
If an ALD is no longer used, run an appropriate command to remove the ALD data. Then
power off the ALD and return the corresponding attenuation parameters to the default value.

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB
Step 1 Remove the ALD data:

Using the U2000 AMS

1.

In the U2000 AMS, click Configuration on the Device Management tab page, as
shown in Figure 10-4.
Figure 10-4 Configuration tab page

2.

On the displayed Configuration tab page, choose the target NE from which the ALD is
to be removed in area 1.

3.

In area 2, click the Device tab, choose the ALD to be removed, and click Remove. Data
of the ALD and its subunits is removed.

Using MML commands

RMV RET: to remove an RET antenna and its subunits.

RMV TMA: to remove a TMA and its subunits.

Step 2 Power off the ALD:

Using the U2000 AMS

1.

In area 2 on the Configuration tab page, click the Power Switch tab, choose the port
where the power switch for the removed ALD is located.

2.

In area 3, set the power switch on the port to OFF. You can set the power switch only on
one port at a time.

Using MML commands

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

124

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic


Deployment)

If all ALDs that are connected to an RETPORT are removed, run the MOD
RETPORT command to power off the RETPORT.

If all ALDs that are connected to an ANTENNAPORT are removed, run the MOD
ANTENNAPORT command to power off the ANTENNAPORT.

Step 3 Run the MOD RXBRANCH command to set the corresponding RX channel attenuation
parameters to the default value.
----End

GBTS
Step 1 Remove the ALD data:

Using the U2000 AMS

1.

In the U2000 AMS, click Configuration on the Device Management tab page, as
shown in Figure 10-4.

2.

On the displayed Configuration tab page, choose the target NE from which the ALD is
to be removed in area 1.

3.

In area 2, click the Device tab, choose the ALD to be removed, and click Remove. Data
of the ALD and its subunits is removed.

Using MML commands

RMV BTSRET: to remove an RET antenna and its subunits.

RMV BTSTMA: to remove a TMA and its subunits.

Step 2 Power off the ALD:

Using the U2000 AMS

1.

In area 2 on the Configuration tab page, click the Power Switch tab, choose the port
where the power switch for the removed ALD is located.

2.

In area 3, set the power switch on the port to OFF. You can set the power switch only on
one port at a time.

Using MML commands

If all ALDs that are connected to an RETPORT are removed, run the SET
BTSRXUBP command to power off the RETPORT.

If all ALDs that are connected to an ANTENNAPORT are removed, run the SET
BTSRXUBP command to power off the ANTENNAPORT.

Step 3 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set the corresponding RX channel attenuation
parameters to the default value.
----End

10.4.10 Reconfiguration
If ALD data needs to be reconfigured after initial configuration is complete, you can use
either of the following ways:

Remove ALDs that require data reconfiguration and then enable ALD automatic
deployment to restart initial configuration.

Run MML commands to reconfigure ALD data.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

125

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic


Deployment)

Removing ALDs and Enabling ALD Automatic Deployment


(eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB)
Step 1 Remove ALDs that require data reconfiguration:
1.

2.

3.

Run the following command to remove the ALD data:

RMV RET: to remove an RET antenna and its subunits.

RMV TMA: to remove a TMA and its subunits.

Power off the ALD:

If all ALDs that are connected to an RETPORT are removed, run the MOD
RETPORT command to power off the RETPORT.

If all ALDs that are connected to an ANTENNAPORT are removed, run the MOD
ANTENNAPORT command to power off the ANTENNAPORT.

Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set the corresponding RX channel attenuation
parameters to the default value.

Step 2 Enable ALD automatic deployment to restart initial configuration. For details, see section
10.4.5 Initial Configuration.
----End

Removing ALDs and Enabling ALD Automatic Deployment (GBTS)


Step 1 Remove ALDs that require data reconfiguration:
1.

2.

3.

Run the following command to remove the ALD data:

RMV BTSRET: to remove an RET antenna and its subunits.

RMV BTSTMA: to remove a TMA and its subunits.

Power off the ALD:

If all ALDs that are connected to an RETPORT are removed, run the SET
BTSRXUBP command to power off the RETPORT.

If all ALDs that are connected to an ANTENNAPORT are removed, run the SET
BTSRXUBP command to power off the ANTENNAPORT.

Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set the corresponding RX channel attenuation
parameters to the default value.

Step 2 Enable ALD automatic deployment to restart initial configuration. For details, see section
10.4.5 Initial Configuration.
----End

Running MML Commands (eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB)


See section 8.4.9 Reconfiguration.

Running MML Commands (GBTS)


See section 9.4.9 Reconfiguration.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

126

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic


Deployment)

10.5 Performance Monitoring


N/A

10.6 Parameter Optimization


N/A

10.7 Troubleshooting
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB
Table 10-7 lists the alarms related to ALDs for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB. If an alarm is
reported, handle the alarm by referring to the corresponding alarm reference.
Table 10-7 Alarms related to eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB ALDs
Alarm ID

Alarm Name

26753

RET Antenna Not Calibrated

26752

ALD Hardware Fault

26530

RF Unit ALD Current Out of Range

26531

RF Unit ALD Switch Configuration Mismatch

26751

RET Antenna Motor Fault

26754

RET Antenna Data Loss

26755

TMA Bypass

26758

TMA Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26757

RET Antenna Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26541

ALD Maintenance Link Failure

26272

Inter-System RF Unit Parameter Settings Conflict

GBTS
Table 10-8 lists the alarms related to ALDs for a GBTS. If an alarm is reported, handle the
alarm by referring to the corresponding alarm reference.
Table 10-8 Alarms related to GBTS ALDs
Alarm ID

Alarm Name

26753

RET Antenna Not Calibrated

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

127

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic


Deployment)

Alarm ID

Alarm Name

26752

ALD Hardware Fault

26530

RF Unit ALD Current Out of Range

26531

RF Unit ALD Switch Configuration Mismatch

26751

RET Antenna Motor Fault

26754

RET Antenna Data Loss

26755

TMA Bypass

26758

TMA Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26757

RET Antenna Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

26541

ALD Maintenance Link Failure

26272

Inter-System RF Unit Parameter Settings Conflict

10.8 Appendix: ALD Automatic Configuration Process


Figure 10-5 describes the process of ALD automatic configuration.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

128

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic


Deployment)

Figure 10-5 ALD automatic configuration process

Turing on the ALD Power Switch


The system attempts to turn on the ALD power switch for the RETPORT or
ANTENNAPORT MOs.

If an ALD is configured for the RETPORT or ANTENNAPORT MO, the ALD power
switch is turned on. The system starts scanning the ALD and ALD automatic
configuration continues.

If no ALD is configured for the RETPORT or ANTENNAPORT MO, the ALD power
switch cannot be turned on. The system turns off the ALD power switch and ALD
automatic configuration ends.

For an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, Table 10-9 and Table 10-10 describe the parameters for
configuring the RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT MOs, respectively.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

129

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic


Deployment)

Table 10-9 Key parameters for configuring the RETPORT MO


Parameter
Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Cabinet
No.

CN

Subrack
No.

SRN

Slot No.

SN

These parameters specify location


information about the control port
for an RET antenna, including the
cabinet number, subrack number,
and slot number of the RRU where
the control port is located and the
control port number.

Port No.

PN

These parameters are


set to the cabinet
number, subrack
number, and slot
number of the RRU
where the RETPORT is
located and the port
number of the
RETPORT. The system
attempts to turn on the
ALD power switch on
the RETPORT.

ALD
Power
Switch

PWRSWIT
CH

Set this parameter to ON when an


ALD is used. The default value is
OFF.

This parameter is set to


ON when the power
switch is turned on or
to OFF when the power
switch cannot be turned
on.

Current
Alarm
Threshold

THRESH
OLDTYPE

This parameter is set to


the default value
RET_ONLY_MULTI
CORE.

Table 10-10 Key parameters for configuring the ANTENNAPORT MO


Paramete
r Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Control
Port
Cabinet
No.

CN

Control
Port
Subrack
No.

SRN

These parameters specify location


information about the control port
for an RET antenna, including the
cabinet number, subrack number,
and slot number of the RRU or RFU
where the control port is located and
the control port number.

Control
Port Slot
No.

SN

These parameters are


set to the cabinet
number, subrack
number, and slot
number of the RRU
where the
ANTENNAPORT is
located and the port
number of the
RETPORT. The system
attempts to turn on the
ALD power switch on
the ANTENNAPORT.

Control
Port
Cabinet
No.

PN

ALD

PWRSWIT

Set this parameter to ON when an

This parameter is set to

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

130

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic


Deployment)

Paramete
r Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Power
Switch

CH

ALD is used. The default value is


OFF.

ON when the power


switch is turned on or to
OFF when the power
switch cannot be turned
on.

Current
Alarm
Threshold

THRESH
OLDTYPE

This parameter is set to


the default value
TMA24DB_AISG.

For a GBTS, Table 10-11 and Table 10-12 describe the parameters for configuring the
RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT MOs, respectively.
Table 10-11 Key parameters for configuring the RETPORT MO
Paramete
r Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

RET ALD
Power
Switch

PwrSwitch
RET

Set this parameter to ON when an


ALD is used. The default value is
OFF.

This parameter is set to


ON when the power
switch is turned on or to
OFF when the power
switch cannot be turned
on.

RET ALD
Current
Alarm
Threshold
Type

THRESH
OLDTYPE
RET

This parameter is set to


the default value
RET_ONLY_MULTI
CORE.

Table 10-12 Key parameters for configuring the ANTENNAPORT MO


Parameter
Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

ANT_A
ALD
Power
Switch

PwrSwitch
A

Set this parameter to ON when an


ALD is used. The default value is
OFF.

This parameter is set to


ON when the power
switch is turned on or
to OFF when the power
switch cannot be turned
on.

ANT_A
ALD
Current
Alarm
Threshold
Type

ChkModA

This parameter is set to


the default value
TMA24DB_AISG.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

131

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic


Deployment)

Scanning ALDs
The system starts scanning ALDs after the ALD power switch is turned on. The system will
scan a connected ALD and existing data of the ALD. The ALD data is used for later automatic
configuration.

Configuring the RET and RETSUBUNIT MOs


After an RET antenna is scanned, the system automatically configures the RET and
RETSUBUNIT MOs.
For an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, Table 10-13 and Table 10-14 describe the parameters for
configuring the RET and RETSUBUNIT MOs, respectively.
Table 10-13 Key parameters for configuring the RET MO
Parameter
Name

Paramete
r ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Device No.

DEVICE
NO

The device number of each ALD in


a base station must be unique. Note
that the RET antenna's DEVICENO
must be different from the TMA's.

The system
automatically allocates
device numbers with no
duplicates.

Device
Name

DEVICE
NAME

This parameter identifies an RET


antenna.

The format of the


device name is as
follows: device
type_cabinet number of
the control
port_subrack number of
the control port_slot
number of the control
port_random number,
for example,
RET_0_60_0_1.

Control
Port
Cabinet
No.

CTRLCN

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

Control
Port
Subrack
No.

CTRLSR
N

These parameters specify location


information about the control port
for an RET antenna, including the
cabinet number, subrack number,
and slot number of the RRU or RFU
where the control port is located.

Control
Port Slot
No.

CTRLSN

RET Type

RETTYP
E

Set this parameter as follows:

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Set this parameter to


SINGLE_RET for the RET
antenna with a single RET

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

132

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parameter
Name

Paramete
r ID

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic


Deployment)

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

subunit.

Set this parameter to


MULTI_RET for the RET
antenna with multiple RET
subunits.

RET
Subunit
Number

SUBUNI
TNUM

Number of RET subunits used by a


base station.

Polar Type

POLART
YPE

This parameter is set to


DUAL.

Antenna
Scenario

SCENARI
O

This parameter specifies how the


RET antenna is connected to an
RRU or RFU.

If only one RET


antenna is scanned on a
control port, this
parameter is set to
REGULAR.

Set this parameter if the RETTYPE


parameter is set to MULTI_RET.

Vendor
Code

VENDOR
CODE

Set this parameter to


REGULAR if the RET antenna
is directly connected to the RRU
or RFU. In this scenario,
VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters do not
need to be specified.

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

If multiple RET
antennas are scanned on
a control port, this
parameter is set to
DAISY_CHAIN.

Set this parameter to


DAISY_CHAIN when two RET
antennas are cascaded. In this
scenario, the control port for
RET antennas must be
configured on the upper-level
RRU or RFU of the daisy chain.
The VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters must be
specified.

Set this parameter based on the


manufacturer information, for
example, KA for a Kathrein RET
antenna, AN for an Andrew RET
antenna, or HW for a Huawei
Agisson RET antenna.

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

This parameter is mandatory in


daisy chain scenarios.
Serial No.

SERIALN
O

Set this parameter according to the


antenna serial number.
This parameter is mandatory in
daisy chain scenarios.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

133

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic


Deployment)

Table 10-14 Key parameters for configuring the RETSUBUNIT MO


Parameter
Name

Paramete
r ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Device No.

DEVICE
NO

Device number of an RET antenna

Device number of an
RET antenna

Subunit
No.

SUBUNI
TNO

This parameter specifies the RET


subunit number, which starts from 1.

The system
automatically allocates
subunit numbers with
no duplicates.

Connect
Port 1
Cabinet
No.

CONNCN
1

Connect
Port 1
Subrack
No.

CONNSR
N1

Connect
Port 1 Slot
No.

CONNSN
1

Connect
Port 1 Port
No.

CONNPN
1

If single-antenna
RET antennas are
used and the RET
antennas are not in
daisy chain mode,
connection port 1 is
set to R0A on the
RRU where the
control port is
located, and
connection port 2 is
set to R0B on the
RRU where the
control port is
located.

Connect
Port 2
Cabinet
No.

CONNCN
2

Connect
Port 2
Subrack
No.

CONNSR
N2

If a multi-antenna
RET antenna is used
or if single-antenna
RET antennas work
in daisy chain mode,
neither connection
port 1 nor
connection port 2 is
set.

Connect
Port 2 Slot
No.

CONNSN
2

Connect
Port 2 Port
No.

CONNPN
2

Tilt

TILT

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

This parameter is set to


the actual RET antenna
downtilt obtained from
the output of the DSP
RETSUBUNIT
command, which is
automatically executed
by the system.

134

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic


Deployment)

For a GBTS, Table 10-15 and Table 10-16 describe the parameters for configuring the RET
and RETSUBUNIT MOs, respectively.
Table 10-15 Key parameters for configuring the RET MO
Parameter
Name

Paramete
r ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Device No.

DEVICE
NO

The device number of each ALD in


a base station must be unique. Note
that the RET antenna's DEVICENO
must be different from the TMA's.

The system
automatically allocates
device numbers with no
duplicates.

Device
Name

DEVICE
NAME

This parameter identifies an RET


antenna.

The format of the


device name is as
follows: device
type_cabinet number of
the control
port_subrack number of
the control port_slot
number of the control
port_random number.

Control
Port
Cabinet
No.

CTRLPO
RTCN

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

Control
Port
Subrack
No.

CTRLPO
RTSRN

These parameters specify location


information about the control port
for an RET antenna, including the
cabinet number, subrack number,
and slot number of the RRU or RFU
where the control port is located.

Control
Port Slot
No.

CTRLPO
RTSN

Control
Port No.

CTRLPO
RTNO

Control port number. The value


ranges from 0 to 2. Control ports 0,
1, and 2 correspond to the ports
ANT_A, ANT_B, and RETPORT,
respectively. Only one port on the
RRU or RFU can be used as the
control port for the RET antenna. In
a daisy chain scenario, multiple
RCUs share one control port.

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

RETType

RETTYP
E

Set this parameter as follows:

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Set this parameter to


SINGLE_RET for the RET
antenna with a single RET
subunit.

Set this parameter to


MULTI_RET for the RET
antenna with multiple RET

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

135

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parameter
Name

Paramete
r ID

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic


Deployment)

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

subunits.
RET
Subunit
Number

SUBUNI
TNUM

Number of RET subunits used by a


base station.

Polar Type

POLART
YPE

This parameter is set to


DUAL.

Antenna
Scenario

SCENARI
O

This parameter specifies how the


RET antenna is connected to an
RRU or RFU.

If only one RET


antenna is scanned on a
control port, this
parameter is set to
REGULAR.

Set this parameter if the RETTYPE


parameter is set to MULTI_RET.

Vendor
Code

VENDOR
CODE

Set this parameter to


REGULAR if the RET antenna
is directly connected to the RRU
or RFU. In this scenario,
VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters do not
need to be specified.

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

If multiple RET
antennas are scanned on
a control port, this
parameter is set to
DAISY_CHAIN.

Set this parameter to


DAISY_CHAIN when two RET
antennas are cascaded. In this
scenario, the control port for
RET antennas must be
configured on the upper-level
RRU or RFU of the daisy chain.
The VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters must be
specified.

Set this parameter based on the


manufacturer information, for
example, KA for a Kathrein RET
antenna, AN for an Andrew RET
antenna, or HW for a Huawei
Agisson RET antenna.

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

This parameter is mandatory in


daisy chain scenarios.
Serial No.

SERIALN
O

Set this parameter according to the


antenna serial number.
This parameter is mandatory in
daisy chain scenarios.

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

Table 10-16 Key parameters for configuring the RETSUBUNIT MO


Parameter
Name

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Automatic
Configuration

136

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic


Deployment)

Parameter
Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Device No.

DEVICEN
O

Device number of an RET antenna

Device number of an
RET antenna

SubUnit
No.

SUBUNIT
NO

This parameter specifies the RET


subunit number, which starts from
1.

The system
automatically allocates
subunit numbers with
no duplicates.

Connect
Port 1
Cabinet
No.

CONNCN
1

Connect
Port 1
Subrack
No.

CONNSR
N1

Connect
Port 1 Slot
No.

CONNSN1

Connect
Port 1 Port
No.

CONNPN1

If single-antenna
RET antennas are
used and the RET
antennas are not in
daisy chain mode,
connection port 1 is
set to 0 (ANT_A)
on the RRU where
the control port is
located, and
connection port 2 is
set to 1 (ANT_B) on
the RRU where the
control port is
located.

Connect
Port 2
Cabinet
No.

CONNCN
2

Connect
Port 2
Subrack
No.

CONNSR
N2

If a multi-antenna
RET antenna is used
or if single-antenna
RET antennas work
in daisy chain mode,
neither connection
port 1 nor
connection port 2 is
set.

Connect
Port 2 Slot
No.

CONNSN2

Connect
Port 2 Port
No.

CONNPN2

Tilt
(0.1degree)

TILT

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

This parameter is set to


the actual RET antenna
downtilt obtained from
the output of the DSP
RETSUBUNIT
command, which is
automatically executed
by the system.

137

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic


Deployment)

Configuring the TMA and TMASUBUNIT MOs


After a TMA is scanned, the system automatically configures the TMA and TMASUBUNIT
MOs.
For an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, Table 10-17 and Table 10-18 describe the parameters for
configuring the TMA and TMASUBUNIT MOs, respectively.
Table 10-17 Key parameters for configuring the TMA MO
Parameter
Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Device No.

DEVICEN
O

The device number of each ALD in


a base station must be unique. Note
that the TMA's DEVICENO must
be different from the RET antenna's.

The system
automatically allocates
device numbers with no
duplicates.

Device
Name

DEVICEN
AME

This parameter identifies an RET


antenna.

The format of the


device name is as
follows: device
type_cabinet number of
the control
port_subrack number of
the control port_slot
number of the control
port_random number.

Control
Port
Cabinet
No.

CTRLCN

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

Control
Port
Subrack
No.

CTRLSRN

These parameters specify location


information about the control port
for an RET antenna, including the
cabinet number, subrack number,
and slot number of the RRU or RFU
where the control port is located.
Set these parameters based on
connections between the TMA and
the RRU or RFU.

Control
Port Slot
No.

CTRLSN

TMA
Subunit
Number

SUBUNIT
NUM

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. Generally, this
parameter is set to 2.

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

Vendor
Code

VENDOR
CODE

This parameter is mandatory in a


non-regular scenario. Set this
parameter to the actual TMA
manufacturer code.

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

Serial No.

SERIALN
O

This parameter is mandatory in a


non-regular scenario. Set this
parameter to the actual TMA serial
number.

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

138

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic


Deployment)

Table 10-18 Key parameters for configuring the TMASUBUNIT MO


Parameter
Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Device No.

DEVICEN
O

Device number of a TMA

Device number of a
TMA

Subunit
No.

SUBUNIT
NO

Number of a TMA subunit

The system
automatically allocates
subunit numbers with
no duplicates.

Connect
Port
Cabinet
No.

CONNCN

Connect
Port
Subrack
No.

CONNSR
N

Connect
Port Slot
No.

CONNSN

If the number of
TMA subunits is 2,
connection port 1 is
set to R0A on the
RRU where the
control port is
located, and
connection port 2 is
set to R0B on the
RRU where the
control port is
located.

Connect
Port No.

CONNPN

If the number of
TMA subunits is not
2, connection ports
are not set.

Mode

MODE

Gain

GAIN

The TMA subunit supports two


working modes: normal mode and
bypass mode:

In normal mode, the TMA


subunit functions and the TMA
amplifies uplink signals.

In bypass mode, the TMA


subunit works as a
straight-through feeder. It does
not amplify uplink signals. The
default value is NORMAL.

Set this parameter based on the


engineering design. The gain value
range supported by the TMA varies
according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP
TMADEVICEDATA command to
query the value range before setting
the gain.

This parameter is set to


the actual working
mode of the TMA
subunit obtained from
the output of the DSP
TMASUBUNIT
command, which is
automatically executed
by the system.

This parameter is set to


the actual gain of the
TMA subunit obtained
from the output of the
DSP TMASUBUNIT
command, which is
automatically executed
by the system.

If the gain is fixed, this parameter is


optional, or you can set this
parameter to its actual gain value.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

139

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic


Deployment)

For a GBTS, Table 10-19 and Table 10-20 describe the parameters for configuring the TMA
and TMASUBUNIT MOs, respectively.
Table 10-19 Key parameters for configuring the TMA MO
Parameter
Name

Paramete
r ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Device No.

DEVICE
NO

The device number of each ALD in


a base station must be unique. Note
that the TMA's DEVICENO must
be different from the RET antenna's.

The system
automatically allocates
device numbers with no
duplicates.

Device
Name

DEVICE
NAME

This parameter identifies an RET


antenna.

The format of the


device name is as
follows: device
type_cabinet number of
the control
port_subrack number of
the control port_slot
number of the control
port_random number.

TMA
Power
Supply
Type

PWRSUP
PLYTYPE

This parameter is set to


the default value
SINGLE_PORT_PO
WER.

Control
Port
Cabinet
No.

CTRLPO
RTCN

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

Control
Port
Subrack
No.

CTRLPO
RTSRN

These parameters specify location


information about the control port,
including the cabinet number,
subrack number, and slot number of
the RRU or RFU where the control
port is located for an RET antenna.
Set these parameters based on
control relationship between the
TMA and the RRU or RFU.

Control
Port Slot
No.

CTRLPO
RTSN

TMA
Subunit
Number

SUBUNI
TNUM

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions. Generally, the value is 2.

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

Vendor
code

VENDOR
CODE

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

Serial No.

SERIALN
O

These parameters are


set based on the ALD
scanning results.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

140

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic


Deployment)

Table 10-20 Key parameters for configuring the TMASUBUNIT MO


Parameter
Name

Paramete
r ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Device No.

DEVICE
NO

Device number of a TMA

Device number of a
TMA

SubUnit
No.

SUBUNI
TNO

Number of a TMA subunit

The system
automatically allocates
subunit numbers with
no duplicates.

Connect
Port
Cabinet
No.

CONNCN

Connect
Port
Subrack
No.

CONNSR
N

Connect
Port Slot
No.

CONNSN

If the number of
TMA subunits is 2,
connection port 1 is
set to 0 (ANT_A) on
the RRU where the
control port is
located, and
connection port 2 is
set to 1 (ANT_B) on
the RRU where the
control port is
located.

Connect
Port Port
No.

CONNPN

If the number of
TMA subunits is not
2, connection ports
are not set.

Mode

MODE

Gain
(0.25db)

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

GAIN

The TMA subunit supports two


working modes, normal mode and
bypass modes:

In normal mode, the TMA


subunit functions and the TMA
amplifies uplink signals.

In bypass mode, the TMA


subunit works as a
straight-through feeder. It does
not amplify uplink signals. The
default value is NORMAL.

Set this parameter based on the


engineering design. The gain value
range supported by the TMA varies
according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP
BTSTMADEVICEDATA
command to query the value range
before setting the gain. If the gain is
fixed, this parameter is optional, or
you can set this parameter to its
actual gain value.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

This parameter is set to


the actual working
mode of the TMA
subunit obtained from
the output of the DSP
TMASUBUNIT
command, which is
automatically executed
by the system.

This parameter is set to


the actual gain of the
TMA subunit obtained
from the output of the
DSP TMASUBUNIT
command, which is
automatically executed
by the system.

141

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic


Deployment)

Configuring the RX Channel Attenuation


You need to configure the correspondingRX channel attenuation after MODE and GAIN have
been configured for the TMASUBUNIT MO.
For an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, Table 10-21 describes the parameters for configuring the RX
channel attenuation.
Table 10-21 Key parameters for configuring the RX channel attenuation
Parameter
Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

RX
Channel
No.

RXNO

RX channel number of the RRU or


RFU.

RX channel number of
port 0 is set to that of
RF port R0A and RX
channel number of port
1 is set to that of RF
port R0B.

Attenuatio
n

ATTEN

If no TMA is used, set this


parameter to 0.

If a 12 dB TMA is used, set this


parameter to a value within the
range from 4 dB to 11 dB.

If a 24 dB TMA is used, set this


parameter to a value within the
range from 11 dB to 22 dB.

If the number of
TMA subunits is 2,
this parameter is set
to
TMASUBUNIT.G
AIN minus 4 for
TMA subunits
working in normal
mode or to the
default value 0 for
TMA subunits
working in bypass
mode.

If the number of
TMA subunits is not
2, this parameter is
not set.

For a GBTS, Table 10-22 describes the parameters for configuring the RX channel
attenuation.
Table 10-22 Key parameters for configuring the RX channel attenuation
Parameter
Name

Parameter
ID

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

Antenna
Tributary 1
Flag

HAVETT1

This parameter specifies whether a


TMA is connected to RF port
ANT_A. If a TMA is connected,
set this parameter to YES.

Antenna
Tributary 1
Factor

ATTENFA
CTOR1

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions after the TMA is
installed. This parameter can be set

Antenna tributary 1 is
the RX channel on port
0 (ANT_A). Antenna
tributary 2 is the RX
channel on port 1
(ANT_A).

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

If the number of

142

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parameter
Name

Parameter
ID

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic


Deployment)

Setting Notes

Automatic
Configuration

only if the RXUTYPE parameter is


set to DRRU or DRFU.
Antenna
Tributary 1
Factor

MRRUAT
TENFACT
OR1

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions after the TMA is
installed. This parameter can be set
only if the RXUTYPE parameter is
not set to a value other than DRRU
or DRFU.

Antenna
Tributary 2
Flag

HAVETT2

This parameter specifies whether a


TMA is connected to RF port
ANT_B. If a TMA is connected, set
this parameter to YES.

Antenna
Tributary 2
Factor

ATTENFA
CTOR2

Antenna
Tributary 2
Factor

MRRUAT
TENFACT
OR2

Set this parameter based on the site


conditions after the TMA is
installed. This parameter can be set
only if the RXUTYPE parameter is
set to DRRU or DRFU.
Set this parameter based on the site
conditions after the TMA is
installed. This parameter can be set
only if the RXUTYPE parameter is
set to a value other than DRRU or
DRFU.

TMA subunits is 2,
the RX channel
attenuation is set to
either of the
following values:

TMASUBUNIT.GA
IN minus 4: The
TMA subunits are
working in normal
mode.

0 (default value):
The TMA subunits
are working in
bypass mode and the
antenna tributary
flag is set to Yes.

If the number of
TMA subunits is not
2, the RX channel
attenuation is not
set.

Multimode Base Station ALD Automatic Configuration


If an RRU or RFU connected to ALDs works in multiple modes, the system uses the
following rules when implementing ALD automatic deployment:

Parameters related to the ALD power switch and RX channel attenuation of the RRU or
RFU must be set to the same values in modes that manage the RRU or RFU.

ALD parameters other than the preceding ones must be configured only in one of all
modes that manage the RRU or RFU.

The mode can be selected on the U2000 AMS client by choosing Configuration > MBTS
Management > MBTS Priority Settings. A mode of a higher priority is preferred. Therefore,
you need to set mode priorities before ALD automatic deployment.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

143

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

11

Parameters

Table 11-1 Parameter description


Parame
ter ID

NE

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

SCENA
RIO

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

ADD
RET

MRFD210601

MOD
RET

MRFD210602

LST
RET

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the connection scenario of the


antenna. This parameter must be set based on the
hardware installation. The vendor code and serial
number of the device must be correctly configured in
a non-regular scenario. This parameter can be set to
REGULAR, DAISY_CHAIN,
SECTOR_SPLITTING, or 2G_EXTENSION.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

MODE

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
TMASU
BUNIT
LST
TMASU
BUNIT

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Unit: None

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the working mode of the TMA


subunit. If the TMA subunit works in BYPASS mode,
it does not amplify the uplink signals. If this
parameter is set to DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE, it
is invalid and the actual mode is not changed.

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

GUI Value Range: REGULAR(REGULAR),


DAISY_CHAIN(DAISY_CHAIN),
SECTOR_SPLITTING(SECTOR_SPLITTING),
2G_EXTENSION(2G_EXTENSION)
Actual Value Range: REGULAR, DAISY_CHAIN,
SECTOR_SPLITTING, 2G_EXTENSION
Default Value: None

GUI Value Range: NORMAL(NORMAL),


BYPASS(BYPASS),
DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE(DEVICE_DEFAULT
_VALUE)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NORMAL, BYPASS,
DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE
Default Value: NORMAL(NORMAL)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

144

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

NE

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

11 Parameters

Description

z)
DCSWI
TCH

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A

ADD
SASU

None

None

MOD
SASU
LST
SASU

Meaning: Indicates the status of the DC power supply


switch for the antenna port. The value range of this
parameter is BS (GSM antenna power supply), UMTS
(UMTS antenna power supply), or OFF (Off),
DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE (Device default
value). If this parameter is set to
DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE, it is invalid and the
actual DCLoad switch is not changed. When the
SASU is connected to a TMA, this parameter must be
set to BS or UMTS. Otherwise, this parameter is set to
OFF.
GUI Value Range: BS(BS), UMTS(UMTS),
OFF(OFF),
DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE(DEVICE_DEFAULT
_VALUE)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: BS, UMTS, OFF,
DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE
Default Value: OFF(OFF)

DCLOA
D

MODE

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A

MOD
SASUS
UBUNI
T

None

None

GUI Value Range: 0~50,65535

LST
SASUS
UBUNI
T
MOD
SASUS
UBUNI
T

Meaning: Indicates the DC-powered load of the SASU


subunit. If this parameter is set to 65535, it is invalid
and the actual DC load is not changed.
Unit: 20mA
Actual Value Range: 0~1000,1310700, step:20
Default Value: 65535

None

None

LST
SASUS
UBUNI
T

Meaning: Indicates the working mode of an SASU. If


this parameter is set to
DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE, it is invalid and the
actual mode is not changed.
GUI Value Range: NORMAL(NORMAL),
BYPASS(BYPASS),
DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE(DEVICE_DEFAULT
_VALUE)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NORMAL, BYPASS,
DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE
Default Value: NORMAL(NORMAL)

RETTY
PE

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

ADD
RET

MRFD210601

MOD
RET

MRFD210602

MOD

WRFD-

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte

Meaning: Indicates the antenna type. This parameter


can be set to SINGLE_RET or MULTI_RET.
GUI Value Range: SINGLE_RET(SINGLE_RET),
MULTI_RET(MULTI_RET)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

145

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

11 Parameters

NE

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

A,
BTS390
0 LTE

RETTIL
T

060003

d
Amplifi
er)

Unit: None

LST
RET

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Actual Value Range: SINGLE_RET, MULTI_RET


Default Value: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
VENDO
RCODE

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

ADD
RET

MRFD210601

MOD
RET

WRFD060003

LST
RET

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the vendor code.


GUI Value Range: 0~2 characters
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~2 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
SERIAL
NO

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

ADD
RET

MRFD210601

MOD
RET

WRFD060003

LST
RET

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the ALD. The


vendor code and the serial number uniquely identify
an ALD.
GUI Value Range: 0~36 characters
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~36 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
CN

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

DSP
RETPO
RT
LST

None

None

Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU


where the RET port is located.
GUI Value Range: 0
Unit: None

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

146

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

SRN

SN

PN

NE

MML
Comma
nd

A,
BTS390
0 LTE

RETPO
RT

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

DSP
RETPO
RT

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

DSP
RETPO
RT

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

DSP
RETPO
RT

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

11 Parameters

Description

Actual Value Range: 0


Default Value: None

MOD
RETPO
RT
None

None

Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU


where the RET port is located.
GUI Value Range: 60~254

LST
RETPO
RT

Unit: None

MOD
RETPO
RT

Default Value: None

Actual Value Range: 60~254

None

None

Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU where


the RET port is located.
GUI Value Range: 0

LST
RETPO
RT

Unit: None

MOD
RETPO
RT

Default Value: None

LST
RETPO
RT

Actual Value Range: 0

MRFD210601
MRFD210602
WRFD060003

MOD
RETPO
RT

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the number of the RET port on an


RRU. This parameter is set to RET_PORT.
GUI Value Range: RET_PORT(RET_PORT)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: RET_PORT
Default Value: None

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

PWRS
WITCH

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

MOD
RETPO
RT
LST
RETPO

MRFD210601
MRFD210602

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte

Meaning: Indicates the state of the ALD power supply


switch. If SINGLE_RET(Single-antenna Remote
Electrical Tilt), MULTI_RET(Multi-antenna Remote
Electrical Tilt) or RAE(Remote eAntenna Extension)
is used, the ALD power supply switch must be set to

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

147

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

NE

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

A,
BTS390
0 LTE

RT

WRFD060003

d
Amplifi
er)

ON. In actual running, the RRU automatically sets


this switch to OFF for an RET port when the
ALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current Abnormal
alarm is reported due to overcurrent, overcurrent
protection, or undercurrent protection (the RRU
supports undercurrent protection and Low Current
Protect Switch is set to ON for the RRU) on the RET
port. For details, see ALM-26530 RF Module ALD
Current Abnormal.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
THRES
HOLDT
YPE

11 Parameters

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
RETPO
RT

None

None

LST
RETPO
RT

GUI Value Range: ON(ON), OFF(OFF)


Unit: None
Actual Value Range: ON, OFF
Default Value: OFF(OFF)
Meaning: Indicates the type of the ALD current alarm
threshold. The current alarm threshold for the ALDs
(excluding user-defined ALDs), that is, for RET
antennas only (multi-wire cable), must be selected
according to the ALD type. The Undercurrent Alarm
Occur Threshold is 10 mA, the Undercurrent Alarm
Clear Threshold is 15 mA, the Overcurrent Alarm
Occur Threshold is 150 mA, and the Overcurrent
Alarm Clear Threshold is 120 mA. This parameter can
be set to UER_SELF_DEFINE or
RET_ONLY_MULTICORE.
GUI Value Range:
UER_SELF_DEFINE(USER_DEFINED),
RET_ONLY_MULTICORE(RET_ONLY_MULTIC
ORE)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UER_SELF_DEFINE,
RET_ONLY_MULTICORE
Default Value:
UER_SELF_DEFINE(USER_DEFINED)

UOTHD

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
RETPO
RT
LST
RETPO
RT

MRFD210601
MRFD210602
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the undercurrent alarm occur


threshold. When the ALD current value is smaller
than this threshold, an ALM-26530 RF Module ALD
Current Abnormal alarm is reported. The specific
problem is undercurrent.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Actual Value Range: 0~3500

GUI Value Range: 0~3500


Unit: mA
Default Value: 40

Same
Band

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

148

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

NE

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

11 Parameters

Description

Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
UCTHD

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
RETPO
RT
LST
RETPO
RT

MRFD210601
MRFD210602
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the undercurrent alarm clear


threshold. When the ALD current value is greater than
this threshold, the ALM-26530 RF Module ALD
Current Abnormal alarm is cleared.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Default Value: 60

GUI Value Range: 0~3500


Unit: mA
Actual Value Range: 0~3500

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
OOTHD

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
RETPO
RT
LST
RETPO
RT

MRFD210601
MRFD210602
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Meaning: Indicates the overcurrent alarm occur


threshold. When the overcurrent alarm occur threshold
is lower than the maximum current supported by the
hardware, the overcurrent alarm occur threshold
prevails. When the ALD current value is greater than
this threshold, ALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current
Abnormal is reported and the specific problem is
overcurrent.When the overcurrent alarm occur
threshold is higher than the maximum current
supported by the hardware, the maximum current
supported by the hardware serves as the overcurrent
alarm threshold. When the ALD current value is the
same as or greater than the maximum current
supported by the hardware, ALM-26530 RF Module
ALD Current Abnormal is reported and the specific
problem is overcurrent protection.
GUI Value Range: 0~3500
Unit: mA
Actual Value Range: 0~3500
Default Value: 185

OCTHD

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

MOD
RETPO
RT
LST

MRFD210601
MRFD-

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower

Meaning: Indicates the overcurrent alarm clear


threshold. When the overcurrent alarm clear threshold
is lower than the maximum current supported by the
hardware, the overcurrent alarm clear threshold

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

149

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

NE

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

RETPO
RT

210602

Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

prevails. When the ALD current value is lower than


this threshold, ALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current
Abnormal is cleared.When the overcurrent alarm clear
threshold is higher than the maximum current
supported by the hardware, the maximum current
supported by the hardware serves as the overcurrent
alarm threshold. When the ALD current value is lower
than the maximum current supported by the hardware,
ALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current Abnormal is
cleared.

WRFD060003

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
DEVIC
ENO

11 Parameters

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

ADD
RET

MRFD210601

DLD
ALDSW

WRFD060003

DSP
ALDVE
R
DSP
RET

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

GUI Value Range: 0~3500


Unit: mA
Actual Value Range: 0~3500
Default Value: 155
Meaning: Indicates the device number of the ALD.
The device number of the ALD must be unique.
GUI Value Range: 0~125
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~125
Default Value: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

LST
RET
MOD
RET
RMV
RET
RST
ALD
DEVIC
ENAME

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

ADD
RET

MRFD210601

MOD
RET

WRFD060003

DSP
ALDVE
R
LST
RET

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh

Meaning: Indicates the device name of the ALD,


which identifies the ALD. It is recommended that you
set the device name in the following format:
sector_device type_network type. The meanings of the
parts are as follows: Sector: indicates the number of
the sector. Device type: indicates the type of currently
connected device. It can be SINGLE_RET
(Single-antenna Remote Electrical Tilt Unit),
MULTI_RET (Multi-antenna Remote Electrical Tilt
Unit), TMA (Tower-mounted Amplifier), SASU
(Same-band Antenna Sharing Unit), or RAE (Remote
eAntenna Extension). Network type: indicates
whether the current ALD is used for a 2G network or
3G/LTE network. The device name is optional, but the
device name configured for each ALD must be

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

150

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

NE

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

11 Parameters

Feature
Name

Description

z)

unique.
GUI Value Range: 0~49 characters
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~49 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

CTRLC
N

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

ADD
RET

MRFD210601

DLD
ALDSW

WRFD060003

DLD
RETCF
GDATA
DSP
ALDVE
R

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or


RFU that controls the ALD.
GUI Value Range: 0~62
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~62
Default Value: 0

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

MOD
RET
RST
ALD
SCN
ALD
DSP
RET
LST
RET
CTRLS
RN

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

ADD
RET

MRFD210601

DLD
ALDSW

WRFD060003

DLD
RETCF
GDATA
DSP
ALDVE
R
MOD
RET
RST
ALD

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or


RFU that controls the ALD.
GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~254
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~254
Default Value: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

SCN
ALD
DSP
RET

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

151

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

NE

MML
Comma
nd

11 Parameters

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ADD
RET

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or


RFU that controls the ALD.

DLD
ALDSW

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

LST
RET
CTRLS
N

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

DLD
RETCF
GDATA
DSP
ALDVE
R

GUI Value Range: 0~8


Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~8
Default Value: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

MOD
RET
RST
ALD
SCN
ALD
DSP
RET
LST
RET
SUBUN
ITNUM

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

ADD
RET

MRFD210601

MOD
RET

MRFD210602

LST
RET

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the number of configured RET


subunits.
GUI Value Range: 1~8
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 1~8
Default Value: 1

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
POLAR
TYPE

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

ADD
RET

MRFD210601

MOD
RET

MRFD210602

LST

WRFD-

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d

Meaning: Indicates the polarization type of the


antenna. This parameter can be set to SINGLE or
DUAL.
GUI Value Range: SINGLE(SINGLE),
DUAL(DUAL)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

152

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

11 Parameters

NE

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

BTS390
0 LTE

RET

060003

Amplifi
er)

Unit: None

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Default Value: DUAL(DUAL)

Actual Value Range: SINGLE, DUAL

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
DEVIC
ENO

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

CLB
RET
DLD
RETCF
GDATA

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Meaning: Indicates the device number of the RET.


GUI Value Range: 0~125
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~125
Default Value: None

DSP
RETSU
BUNIT
LST
RETSU
BUNIT
MOD
RETSU
BUNIT
MOD
RETTIL
T

SUBUN
ITNO

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

CLB
RET
DLD
RETCF
GDATA

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Meaning: Indicates the number of the RET subunit,


which starts from 1.
GUI Value Range: 1~8
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 1~8

DSP
RETSU
BUNIT

Default Value: None

LST
RETSU
BUNIT
MOD
RETSU
BUNIT
CONNC
N1

BTS390
0,

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

MOD
RETSU

LOFD-0
01024 /

Remote
Electrica

Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or


RFU that is connected to antenna port 1.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

153

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

CONNS
RN1

11 Parameters

NE

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

BUNIT

TDLOF
D-00102
4

l Tilt
Control

GUI Value Range: 0~62,255

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
RETSU
BUNIT

LST
RETSU
BUNIT

LST
RETSU
BUNIT

Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~62,255
Default Value: 255

MRFD210601
MRFD210602
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or


RFU that is connected to antenna port 1.
GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~255
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~255
Default Value: 255

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
CONNS
N1

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
RETSU
BUNIT
LST
RETSU
BUNIT

MRFD210601
MRFD210602
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or


RFU that is connected to antenna port 1.
GUI Value Range: 0~8,255
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~8,255
Default Value: 255

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
CONNP
N1

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

MOD
RETSU
BUNIT
LST
RETSU

MRFD210601
MRFD210602
WRFD-

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d

Meaning: Indicates the port number of the RRU or


RFU that is connected to antenna port 1.
GUI Value Range: R0A(R0A), R0B(R0B),
R0C(R0C), R0D(R0D), R0E(R0E), R0F(R0F),
R0G(R0G), R0H(R0H)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

154

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

11 Parameters

NE

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

BTS390
0 LTE

BUNIT

060003

Amplifi
er)

Unit: None

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Actual Value Range: R0A, R0B, R0C, R0D, R0E,


R0F, R0G, R0H
Default Value: R0A(R0A)

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
CONNC
N2

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
RETSU
BUNIT
LST
RETSU
BUNIT

LOFD-0
01024 /
TDLOF
D-00102
4

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or


RFU that is connected to antenna port 2. This
parameter is valid when a dual-polarized antenna is
used.
GUI Value Range: 0~62,255
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~62,255
Default Value: 255

CONNS
RN2

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
RETSU
BUNIT
LST
RETSU
BUNIT

MRFD210601
MRFD210602
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or


RFU that is connected to antenna port 2. This
parameter is valid when a dual-polarized antenna is
used.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Default Value: 255

GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~255


Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~255

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
CONNS
N2

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

MOD
RETSU
BUNIT
LST
RETSU
BUNIT

MRFD210601
MRFD210602
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or


RFU that is connected to antenna port 2. This
parameter is valid when a dual-polarized antenna is
used.
GUI Value Range: 0~8,255
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~8,255

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

155

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

NE

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

11 Parameters

Feature
Name

Description

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Default Value: 255

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
CONNP
N2

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
RETSU
BUNIT
LST
RETSU
BUNIT

MRFD210601
MRFD210602
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the port number of RRU or RFU


that is connected to antenna port 2. This parameter is
valid when a dual-polarized antenna is used.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Actual Value Range: R0A, R0B, R0C, R0D, R0E,


R0F, R0G, R0H

GUI Value Range: R0A(R0A), R0B(R0B),


R0C(R0C), R0D(R0D), R0E(R0E), R0F(R0F),
R0G(R0G), R0H(R0H)
Unit: None

Default Value: R0B(R0B)

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
TILT

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
RETSU
BUNIT
MOD
RETTIL
T

MRFD210601
MRFD210602
WRFD060003

LST
RETSU
BUNIT

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the antenna tilt of the RET


subunit. If this parameter is set to 32767, it is invalid
and the actual tilt is not changed.
GUI Value Range: -100~300,32767
Unit: 0.1degree
Actual Value Range: -10~30,3276.7, step:0.1
Default Value: 32767

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

DEVIC

BTS390

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

DSP

MRFD-

Connect

Meaning: Indicates the device number of the RET.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

156

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

Parame
ter ID

NE

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ENO

0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

RETDE
VICED
ATA

210601

GUI Value Range: 0~125

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

MRFD210602

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the number of the RET subunit,


which starts from 1.
GUI Value Range: 1~8
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 1~8
Default Value: None

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

Default Value: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MODEL
NO

Actual Value Range: 0~125

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

SUBUN
ITNO

Unit: None

MRFD210602

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the model of the RET antenna


module.
GUI Value Range: 0~15 characters
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~15 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

157

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

NE

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

11 Parameters

Description

Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
SERIAL
NO

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

BEAM
WIDTH
1

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the RET


antenna module.
GUI Value Range: 0~17 characters
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~17 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

BAND1

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

LST
RETDE

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates band 1 supported by the antenna.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Actual Value Range: UNUSED, BandI, BandII,


BandIII, BandIV, BandV, BandVI, BandVII,
BandVIII, BandIX, BandX

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi

Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 1.


Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
measure the antenna pattern.

GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),


BandI(BandI), BandII(BandII), BandIII(BandIII),
BandIV(BandIV), BandV(BandV), BandVI(BandVI),
BandVII(BandVII), BandVIII(BandVIII),
BandIX(BandIX), BandX(BandX)
Unit: None

GUI Value Range: 0~359


Unit: degree

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

158

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

NE

MML
Comma
nd

0 LTE

VICED
ATA

Feature
ID

11 Parameters

Feature
Name

Description

er)

Actual Value Range: 0~359

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Default Value: 0

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
GAIN1

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 1.


GUI Value Range: 0~255
Unit: 0.1dBi
Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
Default Value: 0

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
BAND2

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates band 2 supported by the antenna.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Actual Value Range: UNUSED, BandI, BandII,


BandIII, BandIV, BandV, BandVI, BandVII,
BandVIII, BandIX, BandX

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),


BandI(BandI), BandII(BandII), BandIII(BandIII),
BandIV(BandIV), BandV(BandV), BandVI(BandVI),
BandVII(BandVII), BandVIII(BandVIII),
BandIX(BandIX), BandX(BandX)
Unit: None

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

159

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

Parame
ter ID

NE

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

BEAM
WIDTH
2

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 2.


Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
measure the antenna pattern.

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Default Value: 0

MRFD210602

GUI Value Range: 0~359


Unit: degree
Actual Value Range: 0~359

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
GAIN2

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 2.


GUI Value Range: 0~255
Unit: 0.1dBi
Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
Default Value: 0

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
BAND3

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates band 3 supported by the antenna.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Actual Value Range: UNUSED, BandI, BandII,


BandIII, BandIV, BandV, BandVI, BandVII,
BandVIII, BandIX, BandX

GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),


BandI(BandI), BandII(BandII), BandIII(BandIII),
BandIV(BandIV), BandV(BandV), BandVI(BandVI),
BandVII(BandVII), BandVIII(BandVIII),
BandIX(BandIX), BandX(BandX)
Unit: None

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

160

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

BEAM
WIDTH
3

NE

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

11 Parameters

Feature
Name

Description

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 3.


Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
measure the antenna pattern.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Default Value: 0

GUI Value Range: 0~359


Unit: degree
Actual Value Range: 0~359

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
GAIN3

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 3.


GUI Value Range: 0~255
Unit: 0.1dBi
Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
Default Value: 0

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
BAND4

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601
MRFD210602

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte

Meaning: Indicates band 4 supported by the antenna.


GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),
BandI(BandI), BandII(BandII), BandIII(BandIII),
BandIV(BandIV), BandV(BandV), BandVI(BandVI),

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

161

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

BEAM
WIDTH
4

11 Parameters

NE

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

A,
BTS390
0 LTE

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

d
Amplifi
er)

BandVII(BandVII), BandVIII(BandVIII),
BandIX(BandIX), BandX(BandX)

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Actual Value Range: UNUSED, BandI, BandII,


BandIII, BandIV, BandV, BandVI, BandVII,
BandVIII, BandIX, BandX

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 4.


Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
measure the antenna pattern.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Default Value: 0

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

Unit: None

GUI Value Range: 0~359


Unit: degree
Actual Value Range: 0~359

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
GAIN4

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 4.


GUI Value Range: 0~255
Unit: 0.1dBi
Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
Default Value: 0

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

162

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

NE

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

11 Parameters

Description

z)
DATE

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~6 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the ID of the installation


technician who installed the antenna.
GUI Value Range: 0~5 characters
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~5 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

LST
RETDE

GUI Value Range: 0~6 characters

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

BSID

Meaning: Indicates the date when the antenna is


installed.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

INSTAL
LERID

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

MRFD210602

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)
Remote
Electrica

Meaning: Indicates the base station ID.


AISG1.1-based RET antennas support a maximum
length of 12 characters for the base station ID. If the
input base station ID has more than 12 characters,
only the first 12 characters are saved on the RET
antenna.
GUI Value Range: 0~32 characters
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~32 characters

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

163

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

NE

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

VICED
ATA

SECTO
RID

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

BTS390
0,
BTS390

MOD
RETDE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601

DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

MOD
RETDE
VICED

Description

l Tilt

Default Value: NULL(empty string)

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the sector ID. AISG1.1-based


RET antennas support a maximum sector ID length of
4 characters. If the input sector ID has more than 4
characters, only the first 4 characters are saved on the
RET antenna.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Actual Value Range: 0~32 characters

GUI Value Range: 0~32 characters


Unit: None
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

MRFD210602

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the antenna azimuth.


GUI Value Range: 0~359
Unit: degree
Actual Value Range: 0~359
Default Value: 0

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

TILT

Feature
Name

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

BEARI
NG

11 Parameters

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
MRFD210601
MRFD-

Connect
ion with
TMA

Meaning: Indicates the mechanical tilt of the


installation.
GUI Value Range: -100~300

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

164

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

NE

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

ATA

210602

Unit: 0.1degree

DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA

WRFD060003

(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

DSP
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

Actual Value Range: -10~30, step:0.1


Default Value: 0

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

LST
RETDE
VICED
ATA

CN

11 Parameters

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
None

None

Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or


RFU where the antenna port is located.
GUI Value Range: 0~62
Unit: None

LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

Actual Value Range: 0~62


Default Value: None

MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T
SRN

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

DSP
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

None

None

Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or


RFU where the antenna port is located.
GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~254
Unit: None

LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~254


Default Value: None

MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T
SN

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

DSP
ANTEN
NAPOR
T
LST
ANTEN
NAPOR

None

None

Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or


RFU where the antenna port is located.
GUI Value Range: 0~8
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~8
Default Value: None

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

165

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

NE

MML
Comma
nd

11 Parameters

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

DSP
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

MRFD210601

LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the number of the antenna port on


the RRU or RFU.For the RRU that works in TDD
mode and has eight channels to be connected to the
antenna, the service channels are ANT1 to ANT8 and
the corresponding ports on the antenna are R0A to
R0H. For the RRU that works in TDD mode and does
not have eight channels or the RRU that works in
FDD mode, the service channels are named from
ANT0 and the corresponding port on the antenna is
R0A.

T
MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T
PN

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MRFD210602

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

PWRS
WITCH

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

MRFD210601

LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

GUI Value Range: R0A(R0A), R0B(R0B),


R0C(R0C), R0D(R0D), R0E(R0E), R0F(R0F),
R0G(R0G), R0H(R0H)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: R0A, R0B, R0C, R0D, R0E,
R0F, R0G, R0H
Default Value: None
Meaning: Indicates the state of the ALD power supply
switch. The ALD power supply switches for the
SINGLE_RET (Single-antenna Remote Electrical
Tilt), MULTI_RET (Multi-antenna Remote Electrical
Tilt), STMA (Smart Tower-mounted Amplifier),
SASU (Same-band Antenna Sharing Unit), or RAE
(Remote eAntenna Extension) must be set to ON. In
actual running, the RRU/RFU automatically sets this
switch to OFF for an Antenna port when the
ALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current Abnormal
alarm is reported due to overcurrent, overcurrent
protection, or undercurrent protection (the RRU/RFU
supports undercurrent protection and Low Current
Protect Switch is set to ON for the RRU/RFU) on the
Antenna port. For details, see ALM-26530 RF Module
ALD Current Abnormal.
GUI Value Range: ON(ON), OFF(OFF)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: ON, OFF
Default Value: OFF(OFF)

FEEDE
RLENG
TH

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR

MRFD210601
MRFD-

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower

Meaning: Indicates the length of the feeder at the


antenna port.
GUI Value Range: 0~1000(metric

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

166

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

11 Parameters

NE

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

210602

system);0~3281(imperial system)

LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

WRFD060003

Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Unit: m(metric system);ft(imperial system)


Actual Value Range: 0~1000(metric
system);0~3281(imperial system)
Default Value: 0(metric system);0(imperial system)

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
DLDEL
AY

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

MRFD210601

LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the downlink delay of the antenna,


that is, the propagation delay from the output port of
an RF unit to the antenna port. If no TMA is
configured, this parameter is set to the propagation
delay of the feeder. If the TMA is configured, the
parameter also includes the delay of the TMA. This
parameter does not need to be specified when
non-bidirectional channels are used.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

GUI Value Range: 0~100000

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
ULDEL
AY

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

MRFD210601

LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Unit: ns
Actual Value Range: 0~100000
Default Value: 100

Meaning: Indicates the uplink delay of the antenna,


that is, the propagation delay from the antenna port to
the input port of an RF unit. If no TMA is configured,
this parameter is set to the propagation delay of the
feeder. If the TMA is configured, the parameter also
includes the delay of the TMA.
GUI Value Range: 0~100000
Unit: ns
Actual Value Range: 0~100000
Default Value: 100

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

167

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

NE

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

11 Parameters

Description

(900Mh
z)
THRES
HOLDT
YPE

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T
LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

None

None

Meaning: Indicates the type of the ALD current alarm


threshold. The current alarm thresholds for ALDs
(excluding user-defined ALDs) must be selected
according to the ALD type and connection mode. For
12 dB non-AISG TMAs only: the Undercurrent Alarm
Occur Threshold is 30 mA, the Undercurrent Alarm
Clear Threshold is 40 mA, the Overcurrent Occur
Alarm Threshold is 170 mA, and the Overcurrent
Alarm Clear Threshold is 150 mA. For 24 dB
non-AISG TMAs only: the Undercurrent Alarm Occur
Threshold is 40 mA, the Undercurrent Alarm Clear
Threshold is 60 mA, the Overcurrent Occur Alarm
Threshold is 310 mA, and the Overcurrent Alarm
Clear Threshold is 280 mA. For RET (coaxial) only:
the Undercurrent Alarm Occur Threshold is 25 mA,
the Undercurrent Alarm Clear Threshold is 33 mA,
the Overcurrent Occur Alarm Threshold is 150 mA,
and the Overcurrent Alarm Clear Threshold is 120
mA. For 12 dB TMA and RET or 12 dB TMA (AISG)
only: the Undercurrent Alarm Occur Threshold is 30
mA, the Undercurrent Alarm Clear Threshold is 40
mA, the Overcurrent Occur Alarm Threshold is 450
mA, and the Overcurrent Alarm Clear Threshold is
400 mA. For 24 dB TMA and RET or 24 dB TMA
(AISG) only: the Undercurrent Alarm Occur
Threshold is 40 mA, the Undercurrent Alarm Clear
Threshold is 60 mA, the Overcurrent Occur Alarm
Threshold is 850 mA, and the Overcurrent Alarm
Clear Threshold is 750 mA. This parameter can be set
to UER_SELF_DEFINE,
TMA12DB_ONLY_NON_AISG,
TMA24DB_ONLY_NON_AISG,
RET_ONLY_COAXIAL, TMA12DB_AISG, or
TMA24DB_AISG.
GUI Value Range:
UER_SELF_DEFINE(USER_DEFINED),
TMA12DB_ONLY_NON_AISG(TMA12DB_ONLY
_NON_AISG),
TMA24DB_ONLY_NON_AISG(TMA24DB_ONLY
_NON_AISG),
RET_ONLY_COAXIAL(RET_ONLY_COAXIAL),
TMA12DB_AISG(TMA12DB_AISG),
TMA24DB_AISG(TMA24DB_AISG)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UER_SELF_DEFINE,
TMA12DB_ONLY_NON_AISG,
TMA24DB_ONLY_NON_AISG,

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

168

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

NE

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

11 Parameters

Description

RET_ONLY_COAXIAL, TMA12DB_AISG,
TMA24DB_AISG
Default Value:
UER_SELF_DEFINE(USER_DEFINED)
UOTHD

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

MRFD210601

LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the undercurrent alarm occur


threshold. When the ALD current value is smaller
than this threshold, an ALM-26530 RF Module ALD
Current Abnormal alarm is reported. The specific
problem is undercurrent.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Actual Value Range: 0~3500

GUI Value Range: 0~3500


Unit: mA
Default Value: 40

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
UCTHD

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

MRFD210601

LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the undercurrent alarm clear


threshold. When the ALD current value is greater than
this threshold, the ALM-26530 RF Module ALD
Current Abnormal alarm is cleared.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Default Value: 60

GUI Value Range: 0~3500


Unit: mA
Actual Value Range: 0~3500

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
OOTHD

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

MRFD210601

LST
ANTEN
NAPOR

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi

Meaning: Indicates the overcurrent alarm occur


threshold. When the ALD current value is greater than
this threshold, an ALM-26530 RF Module ALD
Current Abnormal alarm is reported. The specific
problem is overcurrent. When the overcurrent alarm
occur threshold is lower than the maximum current
supported by the hardware, the overcurrent alarm

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

169

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

NE

MML
Comma
nd

0 LTE

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

er)

occur threshold prevails. When the overcurrent alarm


occur threshold is higher than the maximum current
supported by the hardware, the maximum current
supported by the hardware serves as the overcurrent
alarm occur threshold.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
OCTHD

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

MRFD210601

LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

WRFD060003

MRFD210602

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

DEVIC
ENO

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

ADD
TMA

MRFD210601

DLD
ALDSW

WRFD060003

DSP
ALDVE
R
DSP
TMA
LST
TMA
MOD
TMA
RMV
TMA

11 Parameters

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

GUI Value Range: 0~3500


Unit: mA
Actual Value Range: 0~3500
Default Value: 185

Meaning: Indicates the overcurrent alarm clear


threshold. When the overcurrent alarm clear threshold
is lower than the maximum current supported by the
hardware, the overcurrent alarm clear threshold
prevails. When the ALD current value is lower than
this threshold, ALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current
Abnormal is cleared.When the overcurrent alarm clear
threshold is higher than the maximum current
supported by the hardware, the maximum current
supported by the hardware serves as the overcurrent
alarm clear threshold. When the ALD current value is
lower than the maximum current supported by the
hardware, ALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current
Abnormal is cleared.
GUI Value Range: 0~3500
Unit: mA
Actual Value Range: 0~3500
Default Value: 155
Meaning: Indicates the device number of the ALD.
The device number of the ALD must be unique.
GUI Value Range: 0~125
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~125
Default Value: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

RST

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

170

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

NE

MML
Comma
nd

11 Parameters

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

ADD
TMA

MRFD210601

MOD
TMA

WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the device name of the ALD,


which identifies the ALD. It is recommended that you
set the device name in the following format:
sector_device type_network type. The meanings of the
parts are as follows: Sector: indicates the number of
the sector. Device type: indicates the type of currently
connected device. It can be SINGLE_RET
(Single-antenna Remote Electrical Tilt Unit),
MULTI_RET (Multi-antenna Remote Electrical Tilt
Unit), TMA (Tower-mounted Amplifier), SASU
(Same-band Antenna Sharing Unit), or RAE (Remote
eAntenna Extension). Network type: indicates
whether the current ALD is used for a 2G network or
3G/LTE network. The device name is optional, but the
device name configured for each ALD must be
unique.

ALD
DEVIC
ENAME

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

DSP
ALDVE
R
LST
TMA

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

GUI Value Range: 0~49 characters


Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~49 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)
CTRLC
N

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

ADD
TMA

MRFD210601

DLD
ALDSW

WRFD060003

DLD
RETCF
GDATA
DSP
ALDVE
R

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or


RFU that controls the ALD.
GUI Value Range: 0~62
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~62
Default Value: 0

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

MOD
TMA
RST
ALD
SCN
ALD
DSP
TMA
LST
TMA
CTRLS
RN

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

ADD
TMA

MRFD210601

DLD

WRFD-

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower

Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or


RFU that controls the ALD.
GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~254

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

171

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

11 Parameters

NE

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

ALDSW

060003

Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Unit: None

DLD
RETCF
GDATA

Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~254


Default Value: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

DSP
ALDVE
R
MOD
TMA
RST
ALD
SCN
ALD
DSP
TMA
LST
TMA
CTRLS
N

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

ADD
TMA

MRFD210601

DLD
ALDSW

WRFD060003

DLD
RETCF
GDATA
DSP
ALDVE
R

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or


RFU that controls the ALD.
GUI Value Range: 0~8
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~8
Default Value: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

MOD
TMA
RST
ALD
SCN
ALD
DSP
TMA
LST
TMA
SUBUN
ITNUM

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

ADD
TMA

MRFD210601

MOD
TMA

WRFD060003

LST
TMA

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi

Meaning: Indicates the number of configured TMA


subunits.
GUI Value Range: 1~2
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 1~2
Default Value: None

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

172

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

NE

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

0 LTE

Feature
Name

11 Parameters

Description

er)
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

VENDO
RCODE

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

ADD
TMA

MRFD210601

MOD
TMA

WRFD060003

LST
TMA

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the vendor code.


GUI Value Range: 0~2 characters
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~2 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
SERIAL
NO

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

ADD
TMA

MRFD210601

MOD
TMA

WRFD060003

LST
TMA

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the ALD. The


vendor code and the serial number uniquely identify
an ALD.
GUI Value Range: 0~36 characters
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~36 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
DEVIC
ENO

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

DSP
TMASU
BUNIT
LST
TMASU
BUNIT
MOD
TMASU
BUNIT

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the device number of the TMA.


GUI Value Range: 0~125
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~125
Default Value: None

Same
Band

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

173

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

NE

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

11 Parameters

Description

Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
SUBUN
ITNO

CONNC
N

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

DSP
TMASU
BUNIT
LST
TMASU
BUNIT

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

MOD
TMASU
BUNIT

MOD
TMASU
BUNIT
LST
TMASU
BUNIT

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the number of the TMA subunit,


which starts from 1.
GUI Value Range: 1~2
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 1~2
Default Value: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
MRFD210601
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or


RFU that provides the antenna port to which the TMA
subunit is connected.
GUI Value Range: 0~62,255
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~62,255
Default Value: 255

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
CONNS
RN

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
TMASU
BUNIT
LST
TMASU
BUNIT

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or


RFU that provides the antenna port to which the TMA
subunit is connected.
GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~255
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~255
Default Value: 255

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

174

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

NE

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

11 Parameters

Description

(900Mh
z)
CONNS
N

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
TMASU
BUNIT
LST
TMASU
BUNIT

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or


RFU that provides the antenna port to which the TMA
subunit is connected.
GUI Value Range: 0~8,255
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~8,255
Default Value: 255

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
CONNP
N

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
TMASU
BUNIT
LST
TMASU
BUNIT

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

GAIN

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
TMASU
BUNIT
LST
TMASU
BUNIT

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the number of the antenna port to


which the TMA subunit is connected.
GUI Value Range: R0A(R0A), R0B(R0B),
R0C(R0C), R0D(R0D), R0E(R0E), R0F(R0F),
R0G(R0G), R0H(R0H)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: R0A, R0B, R0C, R0D, R0E,
R0F, R0G, R0H
Default Value: R0A(R0A)

Meaning: Indicates the gain of the TMA subunit. If


this parameter is set to 255, it is invalid and the actual
gain is not changed.
GUI Value Range: 0~255
Unit: 0.25dB
Actual Value Range: 0~63.75, step:0.25
Default Value: 255

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

175

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

11 Parameters

Parame
ter ID

NE

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

RXNO

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

DSP
RXBRA
NCH

MRFD210601

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the number of the RX channel of


the RRU or RFU.

LST
RXBRA
NCH

MRFD210602
WRFD060003

MOD
RXBRA
NCH

GUI Value Range: 0~8


Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~8
Default Value: None

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

RXSW

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
RXBRA
NCH
DSP
RXBRA
NCH

MRFD210601
MRFD210602
WRFD060003

LST
RXBRA
NCH

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the logical switch of the RX


channel of the RRU or RFU, which is set to ON by
default. The switch can be set by running the MOD
RXBRANCH command.

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Default Value: ON(ON)

GUI Value Range: ON(ON), OFF(OFF)


Unit: None
Actual Value Range: ON, OFF

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
ATTEN

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

MOD
RXBRA
NCH
DSP
RXBRA
NCH
LST
RXBRA
NCH

MRFD210601
MRFD210602
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the attenuation of the RX channel


of the RRU or RFU.
GUI Value Range: 0~60
Unit: 0.5dB
Actual Value Range: 0~30, step:0.5
Default Value: 0

Remote
Electrica
l Tilt

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

176

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

NE

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

11 Parameters

Description

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
DEVIC
ENO

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

DSP
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

DSP
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

GUI Value Range: 0~125


Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~125
Default Value: None

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the number of the TMA subunit,


which starts from 1.
GUI Value Range: 1~2
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 1~2
Default Value: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MODEL
NO

Meaning: Indicates the device number of the TMA.

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

SUBUN
ITNO

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

MRFD210601

DSP
TMADE
VICED
ATA

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

LST
TMADE
VICED

Same
Band
Antenna

WRFD060003

Meaning: Indicates the model of the RET antenna


connected to the TMA.
GUI Value Range: 0~15 characters
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~15 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

177

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

NE

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

ATA

SERIAL
NO

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

BEAM
WIDTH
1

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

DSP
TMADE
VICED
ATA

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the ALD.


GUI Value Range: 0~17 characters
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~17 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
MRFD210601
WRFD060003

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

Description

Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

BAND1

Feature
Name

11 Parameters

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates band 1 supported by the antenna.

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Actual Value Range: UNUSED, BandI, BandII,


BandIII, BandIV, BandV, BandVI, BandVII,
BandVIII, BandIX, BandX

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 1.


Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
measure the antenna pattern.

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh

Default Value: 0

GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),


BandI(BandI), BandII(BandII), BandIII(BandIII),
BandIV(BandIV), BandV(BandV), BandVI(BandVI),
BandVII(BandVII), BandVIII(BandVIII),
BandIX(BandIX), BandX(BandX)
Unit: None

Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

GUI Value Range: 0~359


Unit: degree
Actual Value Range: 0~359

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

178

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

NE

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

11 Parameters

Description

z)
GAIN1

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 1.


GUI Value Range: 0~255
Unit: 0.1dBi
Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
Default Value: 0

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
BAND2

BEAM
WIDTH
2

GAIN2

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

BTS390

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MOD

MRFD-

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates band 2 supported by the antenna.

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Actual Value Range: UNUSED, BandI, BandII,


BandIII, BandIV, BandV, BandVI, BandVII,
BandVIII, BandIX, BandX

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 2.


Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
measure the antenna pattern.

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Default Value: 0

Connect

Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 2.

GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),


BandI(BandI), BandII(BandII), BandIII(BandIII),
BandIV(BandIV), BandV(BandV), BandVI(BandVI),
BandVII(BandVII), BandVIII(BandVIII),
BandIX(BandIX), BandX(BandX)
Unit: None

Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

GUI Value Range: 0~359


Unit: degree
Actual Value Range: 0~359

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

179

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

11 Parameters

NE

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

TMADE
VICED
ATA

210601

ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

GUI Value Range: 0~255

WRFD060003

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

Unit: 0.1dBi
Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
Default Value: 0

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
BAND3

BEAM
WIDTH
3

GAIN3

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601
WRFD-

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates band 3 supported by the antenna.

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Actual Value Range: UNUSED, BandI, BandII,


BandIII, BandIV, BandV, BandVI, BandVII,
BandVIII, BandIX, BandX

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 3.


Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
measure the antenna pattern.

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Default Value: 0

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower

Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 3.

GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),


BandI(BandI), BandII(BandII), BandIII(BandIII),
BandIV(BandIV), BandV(BandV), BandVI(BandVI),
BandVII(BandVII), BandVIII(BandVIII),
BandIX(BandIX), BandX(BandX)
Unit: None

Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

GUI Value Range: 0~359


Unit: degree
Actual Value Range: 0~359

GUI Value Range: 0~255


Unit: 0.1dBi

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

180

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

11 Parameters

NE

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

060003

Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1


Default Value: 0

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
BAND4

BEAM
WIDTH
4

GAIN4

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA
LST
TMADE
VICED

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates band 4 supported by the antenna.

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Actual Value Range: UNUSED, BandI, BandII,


BandIII, BandIV, BandV, BandVI, BandVII,
BandVIII, BandIX, BandX

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 4.


Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
measure the antenna pattern.

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Default Value: 0

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi

Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 4.

GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),


BandI(BandI), BandII(BandII), BandIII(BandIII),
BandIV(BandIV), BandV(BandV), BandVI(BandVI),
BandVII(BandVII), BandVIII(BandVIII),
BandIX(BandIX), BandX(BandX)
Unit: None

Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)

GUI Value Range: 0~359


Unit: degree
Actual Value Range: 0~359

GUI Value Range: 0~255


Unit: 0.1dBi
Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
Default Value: 0

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

181

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

NE

MML
Comma
nd

0 LTE

ATA

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

11 Parameters

Description

er)
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

DATE

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

DSP
TMADE
VICED
ATA

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

DSP
TMADE
VICED
ATA

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA
DSP
TMADE
VICED
ATA
LST

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

GUI Value Range: 0~6 characters


Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~6 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the ID of the installation


technician who installed the antenna.
GUI Value Range: 0~5 characters
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~5 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

BSID

Meaning: Indicates the date when the antenna is


installed.

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

INSTAL
LERID

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the base station ID.


AISG1.1-based TMA support a maximum base station
ID length of 12 characters. If the input base station ID
has more than 12 characters, only the first 12
characters are saved on the TMA.

Same
Band

Actual Value Range: 0~32 characters

GUI Value Range: 0~32 characters


Unit: None

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

182

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

NE

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

TMADE
VICED
ATA

SECTO
RID

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

DSP
TMADE
VICED
ATA
LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

BEARI
NG

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

DSP
TMADE
VICED
ATA

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A,
BTS390
0 LTE

MOD
TMADE
VICED
ATA
DSP
TMADE
VICED
ATA
LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Feature
Name

Description

Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Default Value: NULL(empty string)

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the sector ID. AISG1.1-based


TMA support a maximum sector ID length of 4
characters. If the input sector ID has more than 4
characters, only the first 4 characters are saved on the
TMA.

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Actual Value Range: 0~32 characters

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the antenna azimuth.

GUI Value Range: 0~32 characters


Unit: None
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

GUI Value Range: 0~359


Unit: degree
Actual Value Range: 0~359
Default Value: 0

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

LST
TMADE
VICED
ATA

TILT

11 Parameters

MRFD210601
WRFD060003

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the mechanical tilt of the


installation.
GUI Value Range: -100~300
Unit: 0.1degree
Actual Value Range: -10~30, step:0.1
Default Value: 0

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

183

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

NE

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

11 Parameters

Description

(900Mh
z)
DEVIC
ENO

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A

ADD
SASU

MRFD210601

DLD
ALDSW

WRFD060003

DSP
ALDVE
R
DSP
SASU

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the device number of the ALD.


The device number of the ALD must be unique.
GUI Value Range: 0~125
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~125
Default Value: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

LST
SASU
MOD
SASU
RMV
SASU
RST
ALD
DEVIC
ENAME

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A

ADD
SASU

MRFD210601

MOD
SASU

WRFD060003

DSP
ALDVE
R
LST
SASU

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

Meaning: Indicates the device name of the ALD,


which identifies the ALD. It is recommended that you
set the device name in the following format:
sector_device type_network type. The meanings of the
parts are as follows: Sector: indicates the number of
the sector. Device type: indicates the type of currently
connected device. It can be SINGLE_RET
(Single-antenna Remote Electrical Tilt Unit),
MULTI_RET (Multi-antenna Remote Electrical Tilt
Unit), TMA (Tower-mounted Amplifier), SASU
(Same-band Antenna Sharing Unit), or RAE (Remote
eAntenna Extension). Network type: indicates
whether the current ALD is used for a 2G network or
3G/LTE network. The device name is optional, but the
device name configured for each ALD must be
unique.
GUI Value Range: 0~49 characters
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~49 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

CTRLC
N

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

ADD
SASU

MRFD210601

DLD
ALDSW

WRFD060003

DLD
RETCF

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d

Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or


RFU that controls the ALD.
GUI Value Range: 0~62
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~62

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

184

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

NE

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

GDATA
DSP
ALDVE
R

11 Parameters

Feature
Name

Description

Amplifi
er)

Default Value: 0

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

MOD
SASU
RST
ALD
SCN
ALD
DSP
SASU
LST
SASU
CTRLS
RN

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A

ADD
SASU

MRFD210601

DLD
ALDSW

WRFD060003

DLD
RETCF
GDATA
DSP
ALDVE
R

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or


RFU that controls the ALD.
GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~254
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~254
Default Value: None

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

MOD
SASU
RST
ALD
SCN
ALD
DSP
SASU
LST
SASU
CTRLS
N

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

ADD
SASU

MRFD210601

DLD
RETCF
GDATA

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

DLD
ALDSW

WRFD060003

DSP
ALDVE
R

Same
Band
Antenna

Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or


RFU that controls the ALD.
GUI Value Range: 0~8
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~8
Default Value: None

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

185

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

NE

MML
Comma
nd

Feature
ID

MOD
SASU

Feature
Name

11 Parameters

Description

Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

RST
ALD
SCN
ALD
DSP
SASU
LST
SASU
VENDO
RCODE

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A

ADD
SASU

MRFD210601

MOD
SASU

WRFD060003

LST
SASU

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the vendor code.


GUI Value Range: 0~2 characters
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~2 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
SERIAL
NO

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A

ADD
SASU

MRFD210601

MOD
SASU

WRFD060003

LST
SASU

Connect
ion with
TMA
(Tower
Mounte
d
Amplifi
er)

Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the ALD. The


vendor code and the serial number uniquely identify
an ALD.
GUI Value Range: 0~36 characters
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~36 characters
Default Value: NULL(empty string)

Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
DEVIC
ENO

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

DSP
SASUS
UBUNI
T
LST
SASUS
UBUNI

None

None

Meaning: Indicates the device number of the SASU.


GUI Value Range: 0~125
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~125
Default Value: None

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

186

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

NE

MML
Comma
nd

11 Parameters

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

Description

None

None

Meaning: Indicates the number of the subunit, which


starts from 1.

T
MOD
SASUS
UBUNI
T
SUBUN
ITNO

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A

DSP
SASUS
UBUNI
T

GUI Value Range: 1~2


Unit: None

LST
SASUS
UBUNI
T

Actual Value Range: 1~2


Default Value: None

MOD
SASUS
UBUNI
T
CONNC
N

CONNS
RN

CONNS
N

CONNP
N

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

MOD
SASUS
UBUNI
T

None

None

GUI Value Range: 0~62,255


Unit: None

LST
SASUS
UBUNI
T
MOD
SASUS
UBUNI
T

Actual Value Range: 0~62,255


Default Value: 255
None

None

Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~255
Default Value: 255
None

None

Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or


RFU to which the SASU subunit is connected.
GUI Value Range: 0~8,255
Unit: None

LST
SASUS
UBUNI
T
MOD
SASUS
UBUNI
T

Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or


RFU to which the SASU subunit is connected.
GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~255

LST
SASUS
UBUNI
T
MOD
SASUS
UBUNI
T

Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or


RFU to which the SASU subunit is connected.

Actual Value Range: 0~8,255


Default Value: 255
None

None

Meaning: Indicates the number of the antenna port to


which the SASU subunit is connected.
GUI Value Range: R0A(R0A), R0B(R0B),
R0C(R0C), R0D(R0D), R0E(R0E), R0F(R0F),

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

187

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

Parame
ter ID

NE

MML
Comma
nd

LST
SASUS
UBUNI
T

Feature
ID

Feature
Name

11 Parameters

Description

R0G(R0G), R0H(R0H)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: R0A, R0B, R0C, R0D, R0E,
R0F, R0G, R0H
Default Value: R0A(R0A)

BSGAI
N

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A

MOD
SASUS
UBUNI
T

None

None

LST
SASUS
UBUNI
T

Meaning: Indicates the gain on the GSM channel.


Uplink signals can be amplified by the SASU, and the
gain of the uplink signals is configurable. If this
parameter is set to 65535, it is invalid and the actual
gain is not changed.
GUI Value Range: 0~12,65535
Unit: dB
Actual Value Range: 0~12,65535
Default Value: 65535

UMTSG
AIN

BTS390
0,
BTS390
0
WCDM
A

MOD
SASUS
UBUNI
T
LST
SASUS
UBUNI
T

None

None

Meaning: Indicates the gain on the UMTS channel.


Uplink signals can be amplified by the SASU, and the
gain of the uplink signals is configurable. If this
parameter is set to 65535, it is invalid and the actual
gain is not changed.
GUI Value Range: 0~12,65535
Unit: dB
Actual Value Range: 0~12,65535
Default Value: 65535

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

188

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

12 Counters

12

Counters

There are no specific counters associated with this feature.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

189

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

13 Glossary

13

Glossary

For the acronyms, abbreviations, terms, and definitions, see the Glossary.

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

190

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description

14

14 Reference Documents

Reference Documents

1.

3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide

2.

3900 Series Base Station Commissioning Guide

3.

RRU3942 Hardware Description

4.

RRU3841 Hardware Description

5.

AAU3901 Hardware Description

6.

AAU3910 Hardware Description

Issue 01 (2014-04-21)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

191

Você também pode gostar